Quarterlytics / Technology / Tyro Payments

Tyro Payments

tyr · ASX Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker tyr
Exchange ASX
Sector Technology
Industry
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Tyro Payments
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual 
Report 2020

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ABN 49 103 575 042

CONTENTS

HIGHLIGHTS 

CHAIR’S LETTER 

CEO & MANAGING DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 

PROFILES 

Board of Directors 

Executive Leadership Team  

TRACK RECORD 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Directors’ Report  

Audited Remuneration Report  

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Shareholder Information  

Corporate Directory 

5

8

13

31

55

56

60

64

67

68

78

113

115

167

168

171

Highlights

Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020

5

Highlights

AUSTRALIA’S 
5TH LARGEST

MERCHANT 
ACQUIRING BANK  
BY TERMINAL COUNT

Rapid Response to the 
risks of the COVID-19 
outbreak across Australia by 
implementing initiatives to 
support our merchants, our 
team, and our community to 
better deal with the crisis

     22%

(FY20: 62,722)

SUCCESSFUL TRIAL 
OF NEW TERM 
DEPOSIT PRODUCT 
-  MADE  AVAILABLE 
TO ALL ELIGIBLE 
MERCHANTS FROM 1 
JULY 2020

32,176  

MERCHANTS 
CHOOSING 
TYRO AS THEIR 
PAYMENTS 
SOLUTION

     11%

(FY19: 29,031)

$202.8 M

PAYMENTS REVENUE

TRANSACTION & MERCHANT 
GROWTH DRIVING RECORD 
PAYMENTS REVENUE OF 
$202.8 MILLION

     10%

(FY19: $183.7M)

$20.1B  

RECORD 
TRANSACTIONS 
PROCESSED BY 
TYRO MERCHANTS

     15%

(FY19: $17.5B)

Strong Balance Sheet $188.3 million in cash and 
financial investments available for future growth

Tyro Connect 
launched

Telehealth payment 
solution launched, and 
successful renewal of 
Medicare Easyclaim

N O W  
O N L I N E

NPS 
IMPROVEMENT 

TO 43

HIGHLIGHTING 
CUSTOMER 
SATISFACTION 
AND APPROVAL 
OF OUR 
PRODUCTS

(FY19: 37)

Largest 
successful IPO  
by market 
capitalisation on 
ASX in 2019

$60.1M  

RECORD 
MERCHANT LOAN 
ORIGINATIONS IN 
THE YEAR

15%

(FY19: $52.2M)

EBITDA LOSS OF $4.4 MILLION 
NARROWING 49.2% 
FROM $8.6 MILLION IN FY19 
HIGHLIGHTING THE OPERATING 
LEVERAGE OF THE BUSINESS

MORE THAN 
31,900 
MERCHANTS 
ENABLED WITH 
ALIPAY AS A 
PAYMENTS OPTION

eCommerce solution in roll-out phase and  
fast-tracked to merchants in response to 
COVID-19 adaption and innovation

ONLINE 
SHOP

Highlights      Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report    Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information

7

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Chair’s Letter

The team achieved this whilst also staying 
focused on performance - delivering strong 
growth in challenging conditions and entrenching 
our position as Australia’s fifth largest merchant 
acquiring bank by terminal count. 

Your CEO and Managing Director, Robbie 
Cooke, will provide more details on the steps we 
have taken and how our operations, team and 
merchants have traversed this most unusual 
of years. However let me acknowledge the 
determination, passion and huge commitment 
from the Tyro team in looking after our merchants 
and our business. I would like to thank each and 
every team member for their efforts in FY20 – 
living our values has never held truer.

Our priority since mid-
March has been to do all that 
we could to work with our 
impacted merchants to assist 
them in navigating this crisis...

Dear Shareholder,

On behalf of your Directors and the team at Tyro,  
I am pleased to present our first annual report 
as an ASX listed company for the financial 
year ended 30 June 2020.  As I am sure is well 
understood it has been a very challenging year, 
particularly for our merchants with the impact of 
COVID-19 and the bushfires wreaking havoc on 
their businesses and ambitions.  Our priority since 
mid-March has been to do all that we could to 
work with our impacted merchants to assist them 
in navigating this crisis.

We moved quickly to develop a range of 
responses to COVID-19 to provide assistance to 
our merchants and to ensure our business was 
positioned to rebound as quickly as possible on 
return to a more normal environment, including:

• 

loan repayment holidays for merchants with 
cash advance loans;

• 

terminal rental relief to impacted merchants;

•  providing access to the Federal Government 

Coronavirus SME Guarantee Scheme;

•  ensuring the safety of our team;

•  doing all that we could to keep our team 

intact;

•  maintaining our high service standards and 

reliability for our merchants;

• 

• 

fast-tracking merchant access to the Tyro 
eCommerce platform;

implementing a telehealth payments system 
for our health practitioner merchants to 
ensure continued service for their patients.

Our COVID-19 actions rightly overshadowed other 
major achievements of the team, not least being 
the accomplishment of the largest successful 
listing on the ASX by market capitalisation in 
calendar year 2019 - at a time when many other 
planned listings failed. 

FY20 FINANCIAL 
PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW

Pleasingly we maintained the growth of our 
payments business, even with the significant 
challenges posed by COVID-19. For FY20, 
transaction value increased by 15% to $20.1 
billion (FY19: $17.5 billion).  While this is down on 
our record 30% transaction value growth in the 
first half of FY20, it is nonetheless impressive 
considering Australia was in effective lockdown 
from late March 2020 to the end of May 2020.  
This growth in transaction value translated into:

• 

total revenue increasing 11.0% to $210.7 
million (FY19: $189.8 million); 

•  gross profit increasing 12.3% to $93.5 million 

(FY19: $83.3 million); and

•  EBITDA loss reducing 49.2% (before share-
based payments and IPO costs) to $4.4 
million (FY19 loss of $8.6 million). 

Our Banking business also performed strongly 
with an 15% increase in loan originations in the 
year reaching total originations of $60.1 million 
(FY19: $52.2 million) translating into interest 
income on loans of $4.2 million (FY19: $2.9 
million). Our deposit balances ended the year at 
$50.5 million (FY19: $26.9 million).

Our net loss after tax of $38.1 million was 
higher than forecast in our Prospectus due to 
the impact of COVID-19 on transaction value 
growth, merchant growth and operating margins 
due to a shift in card mix. Excluding the cost of 
the IPO and share-based payment expenses 
directly linked to our IPO, proforma loss before 
tax of $25.9 million was recorded compared to a 
proforma net loss in FY19 of $19.1 million.

FINANCIAL POSITION

We maintained our strong liquidity position 
through COVID-19 by reducing non-essential 
operational expenditure, along with putting a 
freeze on new employee hires and deferring 
salary reviews. Balancing against these cost 
control activities was our need to continue 
fully serving our SME merchants, which was 
much assisted by gaining access to the Federal 
Government’s ‘JobKeeper’ support package which 
enabled us to keep the full Tyro team intact.

At 30 June 2020, we had $188.3 million in cash 
and cash equivalents and investments, up from 
$68.8 million as at 30 June 2019.   

We moved quickly to develop a range 
of responses to COVID-19 to provide 
assistance to our merchants and to 
ensure our business was positioned to 
rebound as quickly as possible...

Highlights      Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report    Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information

9

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020   
  
 
SUSTAINABILITY

THE YEAR AHEAD

Working with over 32,000 merchants across 
Australia, it is important that we fulfil our 
mission by delivering our solutions in a manner 
that creates a sustainable future for all our 
stakeholders.  This includes our shareholders, our 
team, our merchants, the broader community in 
which we operate, our suppliers, business partners 
and regulatory bodies.  A sustainable future also 
includes our environmental footprint and our 
impact on the planet and the strategies we have 
in place to minimise this impact.

We have made good progress in FY20 by 
establishing our first sustainability framework 
and presenting our first sustainability report to 
shareholders.  However, we recognise that as we 
continue to grow as a listed business, we will need 
to enhance our sustainability reporting and as 
such plans are in place to further strengthen this 
aspect of our business from FY21 onwards.

Finally, I would like to sincerely thank our 
dedicated team, our merchants, shareholders and 
all our other partners for their ongoing support 
through this challenging year. We will continue 
throughout FY21 to support our merchants in 
whatever way we can to get their businesses back 
to normal with an expectation that there could 
well be additional challenges as we all seek to 
navigate our way out of the COVID crisis.

I look forward to joining you at our FY20 Annual 
General Meeting and providing you with more 
detail of our results.  This year’s AGM will be 
managed quite differently due to the restrictions 
on physical gatherings, and the need to ensure 
the health and safety of all attendees. We will, as 
a result, be conducting for the first time a fully 
virtual AGM.  Details of how you can participate in 
the AGM will be included in our upcoming Notice 
of Meeting. 

Sincerely,

David Thodey 
Chair

18 August 2020

BOARD COMPOSITION

We farewelled Kerry Roxburgh, our former Chair, 
at the FY19 Annual General Meeting.  I would 
like to take this opportunity again to thank Kerry 
for the significant contribution he made to the 
growth of Tyro during his tenure as Chair. In 
September 2019 we welcomed Fiona Pak-Poy to 
Tyro’s Board as a non-executive director. Fiona’s 
career in technology and financial services 
management consulting, venture capital 
investment in high tech start-ups, founding and 
running an online retail operation, coupled with 
public company board experience made Fiona a 
standout candidate for us.

We will continue throughout FY21 to 
support our merchants in whatever 
way we can to get their businesses 
back to normal with an expectation 
that there could well be additional 
challenges as we all seek navigate our 
way out of the COVID crisis.

Highlights      Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report    Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020

11

CEO & 
Managing 
Director’s 
Report

Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020

13

OPERATING & FINANCIAL REVIEW

Looking back at FY20 it is difficult to imagine a year with more contrast. From the exhilarating highs of successfully 
undertaking our IPO in tumultuous markets. To the gut-wrenching lows caused by the combination of the devastating 
bushfires in January and the onset of COVID-19 from mid-March. As a team our hearts went out to our merchants as we 
tried to offer what assistance we could as they fought the challenges nature threw at them.

Most of our efforts in the second half of the financial year were focused on actions and initiatives designed to help our 
merchants on their recovery journeys, along with ensuring our business was able to continue providing the high service 
standards and reliability for which we are renown. David has outlined many of these actions in his letter to you and I will 
not repeat them here, except to call out the tremendous efforts of all Tyros in ensuring these goals were met.

Before delving into our financial performance and position, I thought it useful to provide a ‘snapshot’ review of the 2020 
financial year, including highlighting some of the more significant actions undertaken by the team over the course of the 
year. This is followed by a more in-depth review of our payments and banking businesses.

FY20 Snapshot

RESULTS

Considering the impacts of COVID-19 in the second half of the year our overall result was strong in the circumstances, but 
clearly behind where we had forecast to be at the time of our IPO.

We exited the first half of the year with transaction values up 30% over H1 FY19. This momentum continued into January 
and February 2020 with year-to-date transaction value growth up to 29 February 2020 lifting 29% over the comparable 
prior period.  However, with the introduction of mandatory lockdowns across Australia from mid-March, we saw our overall 
transaction value growth rate moderate back to 15% for the full year. 

Despite the COVID induced slowdown we still delivered an all-time record annual transaction value of $20.1 billion with 
more than 32,000 merchants trusting Tyro with their payments needs. We lifted revenue 11% to a new record $210.7 
million and we also booked a record level of loan originations of $60.1 million increasing 15% over the prior year.  All this 
was achieved at a time when considerable organisational focus was on our IPO, reacting to the devastating bushfires and 
working with our merchants to assist them through the COVID-19 pandemic. Maintaining our operating rhythm in such a 
frenetic year demonstrates the robustness of our business and the depth of talent in our team.

With close to 63,000 terminals now in the field, we remain the fifth largest merchant acquiring bank in Australia with the 
‘big four’ holding the top slots. We are gaining traction by providing functionality and features that merchants want from 
our proprietary payments platform. Features such as being the first bank to provide our merchants cost savings available 
from least cost routing, being first to market with a fully integrated Alipay solution, and providing eCommerce payments 
to simplify the day-to-day for merchants by providing a seamless in-store and online transaction solution with the one 
provider. As a tech company we are able to stay at the front of the curve when it comes to delivering payments solutions 
responding to our customers’ needs.

Our banking operation continues to track well with all products offered to merchants growing strongly albeit from low bases.

Our merchant cash advance loan achieved a record level of originations in the year increasing 15% over the prior year to 
$60.1 million in an environment where we switched our loan decisioning process to a manual assessment to better address 
the significant lending risks posed by COVID-19. Tyro was selected by the Commonwealth Government to participate in 
the Coronavirus SME Guarantee Scheme (Scheme). The Scheme is designed to help provide businesses access to working 
capital and assist them through the impact of COVID-19. It has the benefit of a partial Government guarantee and all loans 
provided to our merchants from 12 May 2020 were made under the provisions of this new Scheme.

Our fee-free, interest-paying bank account now has over 3,600 active accounts representing an increase of 53% over 
last year with $49.7 million held in deposits at 30 June 2020. We have also launched our new term deposit account to our 
entire merchant base with close to $1.0 million held in these term deposit accounts at year end. 

It was also pleasing to see the improvement in both our Net Promotor Score (NPS) and our prompted brand awareness. 
At 30 June 2020, we achieved an NPS score of 43, up 6 points from the 37 at 30 June 2019.  This clearly reflects the 
satisfaction of our merchants in both our products offered and the level of service provided.  Our prompted brand 
awareness improved to 14% from 10% a year prior.  Although we have ambitions for this to be significantly higher, it 
provides confidence that our marketing approach and brand campaigns are resonating with merchants. 

IMPACT OF COVID-19 ON RESULTS

From March 2020, with the outbreak of COVID-19 intensifying across Australia, state and territory governments mandated 
social distancing and lockdown policies, which forced many of our merchants, specifically in our Hospitality and Health 
verticals, to close their operations, either partially or completely. Although many of our merchants found innovative ways 
to adapt to these new trading restrictions, our payments business still experienced a rapid decline in transaction value 
from March 2020 (see chart 1). The low point arrived in April with transaction values down 38% and this gradually improved 
through the balance of the year with June seeing a return to growth (up 7%). Despite this severity of the decline, we exited 
FY20 with overall transaction value growth at 15% which demonstrates the strength and robustness of our business model.

CHART 1 – FY20 TRANSACTION VALUE GROWTH RATES

Average Growth Rate
H1 FY16 - H1 FY20 CAGR +27%

Monthly Analysis
1 January 2020 to 30 June 2020

35%

30%

25%

26.5% 26.2%

23.4% 23.5%

23.8%

28.0%

31.1%

30.7%

29.7%

29.6%

26.7%

20%

15%

10%

5%

0

H1
FY16

H2
FY16

H1
FY17

H2
FY17

H1
FY18

H2
FY18

H1
FY19

H2
FY19

H1
FY20

1.2%

H2
FY20

2.6%

6.7%

Jan
2020

Feb
2020

Mar
2020

Apr
2020

May
2020

Jun
2020

17.7%

37.9%

15

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationCEO and Managing Director’s Report (cont’d)  
 
IMPACT OF COVID-19 ON RESULTS (cont’d)

Impact on merchant acquisition

A further impact of COVID-19 has been the shift in the mix of card usage experienced across our network.  International 
card usage, which carries a high merchant service fee, reduced to 0.8% of our overall mix in April through to June 2020 as 
international tourist numbers reduced.  Conversely, debit cards, which carry a lower merchant service fee, increased from 
an average share of 57% pre COVID-19 to an average of 61% from April through to June 2020. Our net margin however 
remained stable as net merchant acquiring margins on debit cards are higher than the margins on international cards. 

We also experienced a slowdown in our merchant acquisition from 1 March to 30 June 2020 due to the lockdown of many 
businesses and the focus of businesses owners on surviving through the crisis rather than reviewing their payments 
provider.  At 29 February 2020, we were adding on average 1,050+ new merchants per month. This slowed considerably 
in April and May with only 614 and 747 new merchants being signed. We did however see a marked improvement in June 
with 907 new merchants added in the month.

CHART 2 – CARD MIX TRENDS FY20

Impact on loan originations

Period prior to the impact of COVID-19

COVID-19 impacted period

Proportion of 
International 
Transaction Vaue

3.7%

3.7%

3.3%

3.9%

5.0%

4.2%

4.4%

4.2%

3.4%

Up to 31 March 2020, we generated $58.5 million in loan originations, up 60% on the comparable prior period and we 
were on track to meet our target for the year.  With the onset of COVID-19, we adjusted our loan decisioning process to a 
manual assessment to ensure credit risk in the new operating environment did not exceed our internal risk appetite.  This 
change in approach saw originations reduce significantly with the total originations in the last quarter of the financial year 
totalling $1.6 million (pcp: $15.6 million). Our FY20 loan originations totalled $60.1 million (pcp: $52.2 million) – up 15% on 
the prior year.  

CHART 3 – LOAN ORIGINATIONS

0.8%

0.7%

0.8%

61%

62%

61%

Average Growth Rate
H1 FY17 - H1 FY20 CAGR +127.1%

Monthly Analysis
1 January 2020 to 30 June 2020

Proportion of 
Debit Card
Transaction Vaue

57%

57%

58%

57%

57%

58%

56%

56%

Jul
2019

Aug
2019

Sep
2019

Oct
2019

Nov
2019

55%

Dec
2019

Jan
2020

Feb
2020

Mar
2020

Apr
2020

May
2020

Jun
2020

As previously mentioned, our Hospitality and Health verticals experienced the most significant impact from the mandated 
social distancing and lockdowns.  Hospitality, which was growing at 47% prior to COVID-19, decreased 32% from March to 
June 2020.  Health, which was growing at 15% prior to COVID-19, decreased 15% from March to June 2020.

TABLE 1 – TRANSACTION VALUE ANALYSIS BY VERTICAL

VERTICAL

TRANSACTION VALUE

Hospitality

Retail

Health

Service

TOTAL

FOR THE 8 MONTHS  
TO 29 FEB 2020

GROWTH  
OVER  PCP

FOR THE 4 MONTHS  
TO 30 JUNE 2020

GROWTH RATE  
OVER  PCP

$6.6 billion

$5.0 billion

$1.8 billion

$1.3 billion

$14.7 billion

47%

16%

15%

31%

29%

$1.8 billion

$2.3 billion

$0.7 billion

$0.7 billion

$5.4 billion

(32%)

8%

(15%)

23%

(11%)

$37.4m

$31.7m

$20.6m

$22.7m

$14.7m

$10.5m

$7.9m

$3.2m

$6.4m

$7.3m $7.4m

$0.8m

6.6%
$0.4m $0.4m

H1
FY16

H2
FY16

H1
FY17

H2
FY17

H1
FY18

H2
FY18

H1
FY19

H2
FY19

H1
FY20

H2
FY20

Jan
2020

Feb
2020

Mar
2020

Apr
2020

May
2020

Jun
2020

17

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationCEO and Managing Director’s Report (cont’d) OUR RESPONSE TO THE CHALLENGES OF COVID-19 ON OUR BUSINESS 

The last six months have been intense and challenging both for our merchants and our team. The resilience of the 
organisation and our values-driven culture came to the fore over this period as we have navigated with our merchants the 
significant impacts of the bushfires and COVID-19.  As the severity of the COVID-19 outbreak across Australia became 
apparent, our first response was to implement initiatives to support our merchants, our team, and our community to 
better deal with this crisis.

We undertook the following actions to effectively respond to the impacts of COVID-19 from March 2020:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

loan repayment holidays for merchants with cash advance loans;

terminal rental relief to impacted merchants;

providing access to the Federal Government Coronavirus SME Guarantee Scheme;

ensuring the safety of our team;

doing all that we could to keep our team intact;

•  maintaining our high service standards and reliability;

• 

• 

• 

• 

fast-tracking access to the Tyro eCommerce platform;

implementing a telehealth payments system for our medical and health practitioner merchants to ensure continued 
service for their patients;

a crisis management team met on a daily basis, chaired by our CEO and Managing Director and weekly updates on 
initiatives, plans and strategies to combat the COVID-19 crisis were reported to the Board as part of their weekly 
meetings; and

reducing discretionary expenditure, freezing hiring and suspending all remuneration increases to best position and 
protect the business from the considerable uncertainty it faced.

Of particular significance were the financial assistance measures we put in place to support our merchants.  Loan 
repayment holidays were provided for merchants affected by COVID-19 through reactive and proactive engagement. 
Inbound requests seeking to defer loan repayments were prioritised for immediate assessment and action, whilst an 
outbound contact programme provided merchants with awareness of the support available. We also provided terminal 
rental relief to merchants who were significantly impacted by COVID-19 by deferring rental charges.

We fast-tracked the roll-out of our eCommerce solution to our merchants to assist them to innovate and adapt to the 
changing ways of doing business, specifically allowing their customers to acquire goods and services through our newly 
introduced eCommerce payments solution.  In addition we assisted our hospitality merchants in introducing mail order/
telephone order processing for those wishing to introduce take-away services.       

We introduced telehealth support for our Health vertical by processing both Medicare Benefits Schedule bulk-billed 
telehealth claims through Tyro EFTPOS and gap fee payments through Tyro EFTPOS, mail order/telephone order 
processing, direct invoicing and via a virtual terminal on the Tyro eCommerce platform.

Tyro was also selected by the Commonwealth Government to participate in the Coronavirus SME Guarantee Scheme 
(Scheme). The Scheme being designed to help provide businesses access to working capital to assist them through the 
impact of COVID-19 and has the benefit of a partial Government guarantee. All loans provided to our merchants from 12 
May 2020 were made under the provisions of this new Scheme. 

To protect the safety of our team we moved swiftly in March to make the necessary arrangements for our team to 
effectively work from home.  These arrangements covered approximately 99% of our team members with the only 
employees still required in office limited to certain new merchant roll-out activities.  Our work from home transition was 
seamless and our team did not miss a beat during the lockdown. We continued to service all our merchants to our usual 
high standard, whilst also providing all assistance we possibly could to support those of our merchants experiencing 
hardship during the depths of the crisis and being there for them as their businesses started re-opening post lockdown. 
The high level of service and dedication of our team through this pandemic is well demonstrated by our NPS score of 43 
for June 2020 which is 6 points higher than the level achieved prior to COVID-19 in June 2019. The team’s focus on our 
operations is also evidenced by the maintenance of our leading 99.99% average availability during April through to June 
2020 and our average processing time of sub 1.5 seconds per transaction.  

We took all steps we could to reduce non-essential operational expenditure and this was coupled with placing a freeze on 
new employee hires and deferring all remuneration increases. This approach importantly enabled us to avoid having to 
make any organisational changes, enforced redundancies or standing-down of any team members due to the financial 
impact of COVID-19. This ensured we were able to maintain full operational capacity in all our teams, including our 
call centre and product support teams and best positioned the business to continue its focus on the growth projects 
and initiatives in train pre the crisis. Our approach to our team was much assisted by gaining access to the Federal 
Government’s ‘JobKeeper’ support package.

We will continue to do everything we can to support our merchants and our team into FY21. We believe both Tyro and our 
merchants will come out stronger after the pandemic as confidence returns to the economy and the payments landscape 
becomes even more critical to doing business. 

SIGNIFICANT BUSINESS OUTCOMES  

Beyond the financial outcomes and impact of COVID-19, we have made great progress in FY20 on the following 
strategic initiatives:

Expansion into new verticals 

We have developed our Services vertical in FY20 with the addition of over 1,850 merchants generating transaction value 
of $2.0 billion, up 28% from $1.5 billion in FY19.  Some of the key merchants acquired in this vertical include National 
Billing Group, Vet Partners Australia and Belgravia Leisure Group.  Merchants in our newly created Service vertical benefit 
from our technical capability to produce specialised solutions and domain expertise, including in eCommerce.

We are also in the pilot phase of trialling a new mobile terminal, specifically designed to meet the demands of this and other 
verticals by being mobile, light, easy to use and retaining the key features our merchants have come to expect from us.

Unified payments solution including eCommerce roll-out

We continued to drive the take-up of our unified payments solution by our merchants, with many of our merchants seeing 
the benefits of an eCommerce solution in the current operation environment and its importance for their future existence 
and success. We generated $10.6 million in transaction value (FY19: Nil million) from 384 merchants who now use this 
solution.   

Our unified payments solution provides single-settlement and reporting across ‘card-present’ and ‘card-not-present’ 
and typically a faster settlement period compared to our competitors with T+1 day settlement compared to the industry 
norm of T+3 days. 

Initial feedback from our merchants is that they find our eCommerce solution attractive as it enables them to provide their 
customers with a more seamless experience across online and offline channels (for example, where customers purchase 
online and seek a refund in-store).   It also allows them to manage their online and offline transactions in the Tyro App or 
Tyro Portal in real time.

19

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationCEO and Managing Director’s Report (cont’d) SIGNIFICANT BUSINESS OUTCOMES  (cont’d)

Launch of Tyro Connect

We went live with Tyro Connect in FY20.  Tyro Connect is an integration hub that plugs a range of different apps that 
may be required by a merchant to conduct their business into the merchant POS system, making the apps easier for 
the merchant to use and manage. Tyro Connect works with POS software designed for cafes, restaurants, quick service 
restaurants, pubs, clubs, and bars.

Currently Tyro Connect is integrated to me&u, a restaurant order and payment app, Marsello, a targeted marketing app 
and Goggle Food to enable location-based marketing and ordering. We will continue to integrate new apps into Tyro 
Connect into FY21. 

Release of new banking products

We expanded our merchant cash advance as a loan offering in FY20 by streamlining the loan application process with all 
Tyro merchants now having the ability to check their eligibility for a loan through the Tyro app.  Additionally, if eligibility 
is not automatically satisfied through the app, a manual review can be conducted by our loans team by collecting 
additional information from the merchant and assessing the application with the benefit of the additional data. In the 
year the amount that a merchant can borrow as a first loan was increased to $100,000 with the ability to increase to 
$120,000 for subsequent loans.  This streamlined process was impacted with the onset of COVID-19 and our focus on risk 
management, however we will return to the streamlined process once the impact of COVID-19 reduces.

In December 2019, we commenced a pilot of a new term deposit account.  This pilot was successful, and the term deposit 
account became available to all Tyro merchants from 1 July 2020.  At 30 June 2020, we had 38 term deposit accounts and 
$0.9 million held on our balance sheet. 

Launch of our telehealth solution

Telehealth offers a new way to keep health practitioners and their patients in touch outside of the typical physical 
consultation. Tyro introduced a payment and rebating solution to facilitate telehealth by processing both Medicare 
Benefits Schedule bulk-billed telehealth claims through the Tyro terminal and gap fee payments through either the Tyro 
terminal or our eCommerce solution. It is our belief that telehealth will continue to be offered by health practitioners even 
after the risk of COVID-19 has reduced.

Least-cost routing

Tyro was the first Australian bank to launch least cost routing, doing so ahead of the recommended deadline date of 1 
April 2018.  We saw the introduction of this innovative feature, which reduces costs for merchants, as an opportunity to 
differentiate ourselves in the market in a way that aligns with our organisational values - specifically in doing the right 
thing for our merchants.

Our least-cost routing feature, ‘Tap & Save’, allows merchants to save money by processing each eligible contactless dual 
network debit card payment through the scheme that we determine to cost the merchant the least – whether that be the 
domestic eftpos scheme or one of the international schemes, with this determination being based on transaction size.  
Tap & Save is available on over 98% of our terminals on an opt-in basis - at 30 June 2020, close to 27% of our terminal 
fleet had opted into least-cost routing. 

Financial Performance

REVENUE 

Total revenue of $210.7 million was up 11.0% on FY19 ($189.8 million).  The key factors driving this uplift in revenue at a 
segmental level are described below:

Payments Business

Our Payments business lifted revenue by 10.4% to $202.8 million (FY19: $183.7 million). The increase in revenue 
reflected the 15.1% increase in transaction value and a 10.8% increase in the number of merchants, although the 
merchant service fee (MSF) margin achieved was lower compared to FY19.  In FY20 an MSF of 0.8953% was achieved 
compared to 0.9269% achieved in FY19.  The FY20 MSF was impacted by the shift to debit cards which carries a lower 
MSF and the significant reduction in transaction value generated from international cards that generates a higher MSF, 
due to the travel restrictions in Australia. 

Our Payments business revenue was also impacted by a 24.9% decrease in other fee income at $3.9 million (FY19: 
$5.2 million).  $2.3 million of other fee income relates to Medicare Easyclaim revenue which decreased from $3.5 
million in FY19 due to the Department of Human Services no longer paying a fee per transaction for Medicare claims 
processed under the terms of our new contract since February 2020. 

Banking Business

Our Banking business revenue declined 38.1%.  The decline was due to a fair value adjustment of $2.4 million 
recognised on our business loans under accounting standards due to management’s conservative estimate of the 
potential impact of COVID-19 on future loan balances.  Excluding the fair value adjustment which provides a more 
realistic view of banking performance, interest income on our business loans increased 43.5% to $4.2 million (FY19: 
$2.9 million) driven by a 15% increase in loan originations (60.0% increase prior to the onset of COVID-19). 

Other Revenue

Other revenue increased 91.6% to $6.0 million (FY19: $3.1 million) principally as a result of the ‘JobKeeper’ subsidy of 
$3.9 million received from the Federal Government from 1 April 2020 to 30 June 2020.

GROSS PROFIT 

Gross profit of $93.5 million was generated in FY20, up 12.3% from FY19 ($83.3 million).  Our Payments business 
contributed $86.1 million to total gross profit, up 11.2% on FY19 ($77.5 million) at a Merchant Acquiring Fee (MAF) margin 
of 0.3205% to transaction value compared to a margin of 0.3240% in FY19.  Interchange, integration, and support fees for 
our payments business was up 9.8%, slightly lower than the 10.4% increase in payments revenue due to the lower direct 
costs incurred on debit cards.

Our banking business contributed $1.3 million to gross profit from revenue of $1.8 million at a gross profit margin of 71.6% 
(FY19: $2.7 million gross profit at a margin of 90.6%). The reduction in margin and gross profit from our banking business 
reflects the fair value adjustment of $2.4 million that directly impacts gross profit.

21

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationCEO and Managing Director’s Report (cont’d) GROSS PROFIT (cont’d)

CHART 4 – OPERATING METRICS CHART

1.0000%

0.9500%

0.9000%

0.8500%

0.8000%

0.7500%

0.7000%

0.6500%

0.6000%

0.5500%

0.5000%

0.4500%

0.4000%

EBITDA

0.9292%

0.9531%

0.9403%

0.9269%

0.8911%

0.8953%

0.6151%

0.5436%

0.5283%

0.5905%

0.5379%

0.5170%

0.5377%

0.5170%

0.5065%

0.5559%

0.5365%

0.5251%

0.4861%

0.4759%

0.4643%

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20

0.5064%

0.4819%

0.4322%

FY15

MSF as a % of Transac�on Value

Opera�ng expenses as a % of Transac�on Value

Interchange + Scheme Fees as a % of Transac�on Value

Gross Profit as a % of Transac�on Value

Our EBITDA loss (before share-based payments and IPO costs) of $4.4 million was a 49.2% improvement on the 
EBITDA loss of $8.6 million incurred in FY19. We generated a positive EBITDA result of $1.5 million for the first half of 
FY20, however the impact of COVID-19 in the second half of FY20 resulted in lower gross profit resulting in an EBITDA 
loss outcome for the full year. As mentioned and to protect our business during COVID-19, we did curtail spending on 
marketing, travel, and certain other costs, however these savings were not sufficient to offset the lower revenue achieved.    

STATUTORY EBIT

Our statutory EBIT loss for the reporting period was $37.5 million, up 85.2% from FY19 ($20.3 million). Depreciation and 
amortisation was up 59.3% at $12.5 million, a key component of this increase relates to the transitioning to AASB16 Leases 
and new terminal purchases to meet the growth in merchant numbers.

Further increasing the EBIT loss was IPO costs of $9.7 million and share-based payment expenses of $10.9 million of 
which $2.4 million directly related to the expensing of liquidity event performance rights arising as a result of the IPO.

On a proforma basis, excluding the impact of the IPO, our EBIT loss was $25.4 million, up 33.1% from FY19. 

NET LOSS AFTER TAX

Net loss after tax on a statutory basis was $38.1 million, up 106.4% from FY19 ($18.4 million).  On a proforma basis, net loss 
before tax was $25.9 million, up 35.9% from FY19.  

No tax benefit was recognised in FY20 compared to a tax benefit of $1.8 million recognised in FY19, however at 30 June 
2020 we have $29.3 million in recognised and unrecognised tax losses potentially available for future use.

TABLE 2 – SUMMARY FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

FY2020  
($’000)

FY2019  
($’000)

Transaction Value

20,131,045

17,496,322

Payments revenue and income

202,826

183,685

Lending and investment income

Other revenue and income

Total Revenue

3,600

4,249

5,271

814

210,675

189,770

Payments direct expenses

(116,684)

(106,234)

Interest expenses on deposits

(516)

(276)

Total direct expenses

(117,200)

(106,510)

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Employee benefits expense  
(excl. share-based payments)

93,475

83,260

(67,662)

(60,813)

Administrative expenses

(16,598)

(17,775)

Contractor and consulting expenses

Marketing expenses

Lending and non-lending losses

(5,913)

(5,716)

(1,958)

(7,715)

(4,771)

(797)

Total operating expenses

(97,847)

(91,871)

EBITDA

Share-based-payments expense

IPO expenses

EBITDA after share-based payments and  
IPO expenses

(4,372)

(10,896)

(9,730)

(8,611)

(3,788)

-

(24,998)

(12,399)

Net lease interest expense

(535)

-

Depreciation and amortisation

(12,524)

(7,864)

Loss before tax  

Income tax 

Net loss after tax

(38,057)

(20,263)

-

1,824

(38,057)

(18,439)

CHANGE 
(%)

15.1%

10.4%

31.7%

422.0%

11.0%

9.8%

87.0%

10.0%

12.3%

11.3%

6.6%

23.4%

19.8%

145.7%

6.5%

49.2%

187.6%

100.0%

101.6%

100.0%

59.3%

87.8%

100.0%

106.4%

23

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationCEO and Managing Director’s Report (cont’d)  
 
NET LOSS AFTER TAX (cont’d)

TABLE 3 – RECONCILIATION TO PROFORMA LOSS BEFORE TAX 

FY2020  
($’000)

FY2019  
($’000)

Loss before tax (statutory)

(38,057)

(20,263)

Add back:

IPO costs

Share-based payments expense relating to IPO

9,730

2,411

-

1,195

Loss before tax (proforma) 

(25,916)

(19,068)

CHANGE 
(%)

87.8%

100.0%

101.8%

35.9%

Financial Position

Notwithstanding the impacts of COVID-19 on our business, Tyro remains in a position of financial strength enhanced 
by funds raised in our IPO in December 2019 which positions us strongly for pursuing our growth plans into FY21.  
Cash, cash equivalents and financial investments available at 30 June 2020 totalled $188.3 million, up from $68.8 
million at 30 June 2019.

At year end we held $11.9 million in merchant loans as current assets, against merchant deposits of $50.5 million 
(FY19: $26.9 million) as current liabilities on the balance sheet. The 87.8% increase in merchant deposit balances 
provides further scope to scale our loan product into FY21 once the risks of COVID-19 have subsided.

Our net asset position increased to $189.7 million at 30 June 2020, up from $93.1 million at 30 June 2019. Total assets 
were $263.8 million, an increase of $115.2 million which is primarily due to the funds raised in our IPO. Total liabilities 
at 30 June 2020 were $74.1 million, an increase of $18.5 million from the prior year primarily relating to the increased 
merchant deposits held.

Total capital held at 30 June 2020 was $165.8 million with a total capital ratio of 162% (FY19: $76.4 million with a 
capital ratio of 89%). Tyro has always held sufficient capital to meet its internal targets above APRA’s prudential 
capital requirements.

Total capital expenditure for FY20 was $11.9 million (FY19: $11.7 million) principally made up of terminal purchases and 
investment in software, including capitalised internal development costs of $2.8 million. 

SEGMENT FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

PAYMENTS BUSINESS REVIEW

FY20 Highlights

  Record $20.1 billion in transactions processed by Tyro merchants – up 15.1% (FY19: $17.5 billion).

  32,176 merchants choosing Tyro as their payments’ solution – up 10.8% (FY19: 29,031).

  Transaction and merchant growth driving record payments revenue of $202.8 million – up 10.4% (FY19: $183.7 million).

  Australia’s 5th largest merchant acquiring bank by terminal count – 62,722 terminals up 22.2% (FY19: 51,317).

  NPS score for June 2020 of 43 – up 6 points from June 2019.

  Transaction churn rate of 8% – FY19: 9.3%

  Roll-out of eCommerce solution accelerated – 384 merchants now using eCommerce in their business generating 

transaction value of $10.6 million.

  Pilot of new mobile terminal launched – ideal form factor for our new Services vertical. 

  More than 31,900 merchants enabled with Alipay as a payments option generating transaction value of $24.1 million.

  Telehealth payment solution launched, and successful renewal of Medicare Easyclaim.

  Tyro Connect launched.

  17% investment in me&u, an app-based ordering and payment solution for the Hospitality vertical.

Payments Business Financial Performance

FY2020  
($’000)

FY2019 
($’000)

Transaction value

20,131,045

17,496,322

Payments revenue and income

202,826

183,685

Payments direct expenses

(116,684)

(106,234)

Payments gross profit

Gross profit margin

86,142

42.5%

77,451

42.2%

Net merchant acquiring fee to transaction value

0.3205%

0.3240%

CHANGE 
(%)

15.1%

10.4%

9.8%

11.2%

30 bps

0.35 bps

Performance Review

The value of transactions processed reached $20.1 billion, up 15.1% (FY19: $17.5 billion) from 32,176 merchants, up 10.8% 
(FY19: 29,031). Year-to-date up to 29 February 2020, transaction value growth was tracking at 29%, however with the 
impact of the mandated lockdowns from March to June 2020, growth for the full year moderated back to 15.1%.  

New merchant acquisition was also impacted by COVID-19.  Year-to-date up to 29 February 2020, we acquired an 
additional 8,526 merchants with our total merchant numbers at 33,315, on track to meet our full-year target. Through the 
period 1 March to 30 June 2020, we only acquired an additional 3,129 merchants with application numbers decreasing 
18% over the prior comparable period due to merchants focussing on trying to keep their businesses open rather than 
considering a change in payment providers.  

Our Hospitality vertical delivered strong growth of 17.5% in transaction value, with our Retail vertical delivering 13.1% 
growth and our Health vertical achieving 4.6% transaction value growth. A standout performer for the year was our new 
Services vertical that delivered 27.8% transaction value growth.

25

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationCEO and Managing Director’s Report (cont’d) PAYMENTS BUSINESS REVIEW (cont’d)

CHART 5 – TRANSACTION VALUE AND MERCHANT COUNT BY VERTICAL 

BANKING BUSINESS REVIEW

FY20 Highlights

  Record merchant loan originations of $60.1 million – up 15% (FY19: $52.2 million).

  Streamlining of loan application process – ability to apply for a loan made available to all merchants in FY20.

  Roll-out of new term deposit product for merchants.

  Record deposit balances of $50.5 million (FY19: $26.9 million).

  Targeted response to assist merchants in need through the COVID-19 period including loan repayment holiday.

  New government guaranteed loans provided to merchants from 12 May 2020. 

26% 
(8,433)

31% 
(9,855)

26% 
(8,518)

17% 
(5,370)

Banking Business Financial Performance

t
n
a
h
c
r
e
M

t
n
u
o
C

n
o
i
t
c
a
s
n
a
r
T

l

e
u
a
V

12%
($2.5b)

42%
($8.4b)

36% 
($7.3b)

10% 
($2.0b)

From a geographical standpoint, Queensland delivered impressive transaction value growth with that state delivering 
a 26.0% increase.  Against this, New South Wales and Victoria, our largest states by merchant numbers achieved 
transaction value growth of 13.0% and 10.1% respectively reflecting the impact of COVID-19.

Hospitality

Services

Health

Retail

As mentioned we fast-tracked the roll-out of our new eCommerce solution to merchants during lockdown to assist them 
to adapt and innovate their businesses to cope with the challenges posed by COVID-19. This eCommerce solution now 
means merchants can work with us both for their in-store and online transactions and simplifies the day-to-day for our 
merchants by providing one point of contact together with single settlement and reconciliation, removing the need to 
manage multiple payment providers. At 30 June 2020, we had 384 merchants utilising our eCommerce solution with $10.6 
million generated in transaction value (FY19: Nil).

Our integrated Alipay offering also remains in the roll-out phase with more than 31,900 merchants now enabled to switch 
on Alipay as a payment option and generated $24.1 million in the year (FY19: $12.6 million). Our Alipay offering has been 
significantly impacted by the lockdown of Australia’s international borders, however we are confident this payment type 
will exhibit a strong growth profile over the coming years once the impact of COVID-19 reduces and international travel 
resumes.  

In March 2020, we launched our telehealth payments solution in response to the requirement to keep health practitioners 
and patients in touch for consultations outside of the typical physical visit. Tyro introduced a payment and rebating 
solution to facilitate telehealth by processing both Medicare Benefits Schedule bulk-billed telehealth claims through the 
Tyro terminal and gap fee payments through either their Tyro terminal or our eCommerce solution. It is our belief that 
telehealth will continue to be offered by health practitioners even after the risk of COVID-19 has reduced.

Late in 2019 the Federal Government announced that the Medicare Easyclaim service would be put to tender. Tyro was 
successful in securing the right to continue providing this important service for our healthcare practitioners. For FY20 
we earned $2.3 million in Medicare Easyclaim revenue (FY19: $3.5 million). As noted in our 11 December 2019 ASX release 
announcing our successful tender, under the terms of our new contract the Department of Human Services will no longer 
pay a fee per transaction for Medicare claims processed. 

The growth in our transaction value and merchant numbers saw us deliver record revenue from our Payments operation 
of $202.8 million, up 10.4% on the $183.7 million achieved in FY19. This translated into gross profit of $86.1 million at a 
gross profit margin of 42.5% (FY19: 42.2%). Our Merchant Acquiring Fee (MAF) margin of 0.3205% to transaction value was 
slightly down from the 0.3240% achieved in FY19 due, in combination, to eCommerce fixed costs, lower margins achieved 
on larger merchants and least cost routing.

Loan originations

Interest income on loans

Fair value adjustment

Interest expense on deposits

Banking gross profit

Performance Review

FY2020  
($’000)

60,107

4,179

(2,361)

(516)

1,302

FY2019 
($’000)

52,249

2,912

26

(276)

2,662

CHANGE 
(%)

15.0%

43.5%

9,180.8%

87.0%

51.1%

Revenue from our merchant loans grew 43.5% to $4.2 million with record loan originations in the year of $60.1 million 
(FY19: $52.2 million) – up 15%.  We achieved loan originations of $58.5 million for the 9-months to 31 March 2020, up 60% 
over the prior comparable period.  Since 1 April 2020 only $1.6 million in new loan originations were written, highlighting 
the significant impact of COVID-19 on our lending business. 

Prior to the onset of COVID-19, the process was improved for Tyro merchants who check their eligibility for a loan. If 
additional information is required to assess their eligibility, a manual assessment request can be triggered in the Tyro App. 
This allows our Banking Specialist team to respond promptly and collect any additional information from the merchant 
that may be required to support their assessment. During the current COVID-19 period from 1 April 2020, our assessment 
process was adjusted making use of the manual assessment process improvements. As a participating lender in the SME 
Guarantee Scheme, from May 2020, the automated assessment process would apply up to a maximum of $30,000 per 
loan and a manual assessment processes for anything above $30,000 to ensure any new lending met our internal risk 
tolerances and recognising the impact of the lockdowns on the ability of merchants to repay any new loans. We continue 
to monitor the impact of COVID-19 and will return to a higher-limit automated assessment process once the impact 
reduces. 

The increase in loan originations and the offering of our loan product to a wider merchant base has seen loss rates remain 
well within our risk appetite. Loan losses as a percentage of originations at 30 June 2020 amounted to 1.8% ($1.1 million) 
compared to 1.0% ($0.5 million) in FY19.

Our fee free, interest paying bank account now has over 3,600 active accounts representing an increase of 52.9% with 
$49.7 million held in deposits at 30 June 2020 (FY19: $26.9 million). We also, in December 2019, commenced a pilot of a 
new term deposit account which has proved to be successful and well accepted by our merchants in the pilot phase.  Off 
the back of the successful conclusion of the pilot, we have rolled-out the account to all eligible merchants from 1 July 
2020. 

The growth in loan originations delivered gross profit of $1.3 million for our banking operation representing a gross profit 
margin of 71.6% (FY19: 90.6%). Gross profit in FY20 was impacted by an accounting fair value adjustment against our loan 
balance of $2.4 million.  Excluding the impact of the accounting fair value adjustment, normalised gross profit was up 
39.0% to $3.7 million (FY19: $2.6 million).   

Although our banking operation still only represents a small part of the overall Tyro business, it presents an alternative to 
the major banks and has strong prospects for continued growth.

Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information

27

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020CEO and Managing Director’s Report (cont’d)  
 
The Road Ahead

Since the establishment of Tyro 17 years ago, we have focussed on instilling a high performance, values-
driven culture in our team.  It is a testament to this culture that Tyro has been able to perform so strongly 
in these challenging times and we are more confident than ever in our future success. 

Whilst we are not immune to the pressures facing the Australia economy, we have a resilient business 
model and plan to continue on our journey of building an ecosystem centred around payments, 
enhanced by value-adding features and products designed to attract new merchants and retain existing 
merchants.  We remain focused on capturing market share in our existing verticals as businesses come 
back online and are looking for ways to improve their existing payments and banking solutions.  As 
normality returns we also intend to step up our efforts in the Services and Accommodation verticals while 
also continuing the roll out of our relatively new eCommerce solution, which is a key element for many 
merchants in the post COVID environment. Our new Tyro Connect platform will be expanded with new 
apps added to the platform and we will accelerate the roll-out of this platform to our merchants as it 
continues to develop.

I look forward to providing you with more detail on the progress of our trading to-date for the first half of 
FY21 at our Annual General Meeting on 27 October 2020.

Robbie Cooke 
Chief Executive Officer | Managing Director  

Whilst we are not immune to the pressures 
facing the Australia economy, we have 
a resilient business model and plan to 
continue on our journey of building an 
ecosystem centred around payments, 
enhanced by value-adding features 
and products designed to attract new 
merchants and retain existing merchants.  

29

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationCEO and Managing Director’s Report (cont’d) Sustainability 
Report

Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020

31

Sustainability 
Report 

TYRO SUSTAINABILITY SCORECARD

Social – Merchant and Community Investment

CONTRIBUTIONS

FY20 PERFORMANCE

Merchant assistance programmes:
•  Merchants impacted by COVID-19 who requested assistance were 

Value of assistance:
•  $4.9 million in deferred loan 

provided with:
•  1 to 3 months of free terminal rental; 
•  a Merchant Service Fee payment holiday in selected cases where the 

merchant failed either their March or April billing cycle; and

repayments to COVID-19 impacted 
merchants.

•  $1.6 million in free terminal rental to 
COVID-19 impacted merchants.

•  a 90-day loan repayment holiday for merchants with loans prior to 
the implementation of the new Government Coronavirus SME Loan 
Guarantee Scheme. 

•  $22,357 in deferred Merchant Service 
Fee payments to COVID-19 impacted 
merchants.

•  Merchants impacted by the bushfires in January 2020 were provided 

•  Free terminal rental to bushfire 

impacted merchants for 45 terminals.
•  Total contributions of $11,214 made in 
addition to employee led donations 
of goods and services to the 
community.

with 3-months of free terminal rental.

Community charitable donations:
•  Contributions were made to the following causes in FY20:

•  Dementia Australia
•  Black Dog
•  Equine Welfare Fund Trust
•  Local community groups
•  Westmead Children’s Hospital
•  Dandelion Support Network
•  Sydney Dogs and Cats Home

Social – Diversity in our Team

GENDER EQUALITY

FY20 PERFORMANCE

Women in key management:

Key Management Personnel (including board members)

3 of 9 KMP including board members (33%)

Executive Leadership Team (XLT)

Senior Managers

Other Managers

EQUAL PAY AND EQUAL OPPORTUNITY:

Conduct a pay equity audit 

Conduct an equal opportunity audit

5 of 12 (42%)

11 of 31 (35%)

23 of 67 (34%)

An internal audit of pay equity was completed as part of 
the annual remuneration review process.  The results of 
this internal audit concluded that there is no discrepancy 
in remuneration on the basis of gender. 

No audit was conducted in FY20.  However, an equal oppor-
tunity audit will be conducted in FY21. 

DIVERSITY TRAINING:

Conduct diversity training for all Team Members

Social – Team Health and Safety

SAFETY OF OUR TEAM

Reportable incidents:

Number of total incidents

Number of lost time incidents

Total recordable injury frequency rate

Lost time injury frequency rate

Environment – Our environmental footprint

SAFETY OF OUR TEAM

Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions

Water consumption

Recycling

Waste management

Governance

GOVERNANCE TARGETS

A pilot in-person training session on 
unconscious bias in the workplace was 
conducted for 20 employees who were 
deemed to play critical roles in hiring at 
Tyro. This training will be rolled out to all 
employees in FY21.

FY20 PERFORMANCE

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

FY20 PERFORMANCE

We have implemented procedures 
for tracking our carbon emissions, 
water consumption and recycling 
and waste management initiatives 
for FY21 going forward.  For FY20, 
no tracking was conducted.

FY20 PERFORMANCE

Continue to comply with the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate 
Governance Principles and Recommendations (4th edition)

Achieved

Maintain a compliance record of receiving no fines or penalties for non-
compliance with any of the laws, regulations or rules.

Achieved

33

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights    CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
DELIVERING ON OUR MISSION STATEMENT

SECTION 1 - TYRO SUSTAINABILITY FRAMEWORK 

Tyro’s mission is simple – we exist to set businesses free to get 
on with business by simplifying payments and banking.  We are 
a technology-focused and values-driven company providing 
Australian businesses with payment solutions and value-adding 
business banking products.

Working with over 32,000 merchants across Australia, it is important that we fulfil our mission by delivering our solutions 
in a such a manner that we create a sustainable future for all our stakeholders.  This includes our shareholders, our people, 
our merchants, the broader community in which we operate, our suppliers and business partners and regulatory bodies.  A 
sustainable future also includes our environmental footprint, our impact on the planet and the strategies we have in place 
to minimise this impact. 

FY20 is our first year as a listed company, and the challenges from the bushfires, the floods and COVID-19 in FY20 
highlights the need for our business to ensure that sustainability risks are considered by the Board and management 
and that appropriate strategies are put in place to address the risks posed by environmental impacts, social issues and 
governance responsibilities.  

As we continue to grow as a listed business, we will refine our sustainability reporting with the objective of reporting with 
reference to the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards from FY21 onwards. 

Our team members come from 43 
countries, speak 56 languages, and have 
an average age of 34 years. 35% of our 
managers and 42% of our Executive 
Leadership Team are female.

The Board and management is committed to having 
a sustainability framework in place that reflects the 
reason why we exist now and into the future. We 
recognise that to continue growing a strong business 
requires consideration of all our stakeholders and the 
impact of our business on those stakeholders.  We are 
therefore committed to ensuring sustainability risks and 
opportunities are integrated into our purpose, strategic 
objectives, culture, and values.

In order to facilitate our response to sustainability issues, 
we have developed a sustainability framework applicable 
to Tyro’s business that focusses on the three principal 
pillars of sustainability, namely:

•  social issues;

•  governance issuess; and

•  environmental issues.

c i a l 

S o
unity
m
m
o
C

s

t

n

a

h

c

r

e

R e gulators     

S

u

p

p

l

i

e

r

s

E

n

v

i

r

o
n
m
e
n
t 

SUSTAINABILITY 
FRAMEWORK

S
h

areholders   

e

c

n

e

n

M

 Team     

Gover

These three pillars are then applied to our dealings with our stakeholders (both internal and external).  Tyro has identified 
the following stakeholders in our business model:

STAKEHOLDER

RELATIONSHIP

Shareholders

External: These are our Investors.  They own the company and ultimately the Board is appointed 
to act on behalf of shareholders and is accountable to shareholders.

Team

Merchants

Community

Regulators

Suppliers

Internal: Our employees create and deliver the products and services that our merchants need to 
set them free to get on with business. Our team is the reason we excel at what we do.

External: Our merchants always come first.  They are the reason we exist and they can always  
choose to take their business to a competitor so it is essential that we continue to innovate, to 
offer great products, excellent service and value for money.

External: We want to be a good corporate citizen with positive links to the local communities in 
which we operate. We want to be seen as a responsible business, a responsible employer who 
is providing a great place to work and a responsible participant in doing our part to protect the 
planet.

External: We need to be compliant with all laws and regulations and ensure that our business 
practices meet those requirements, as well as community expectations.

External: We collaborate with our suppliers to run the business.  We aim to build good long-term 
relationships with suppliers and business partners, in turn ensuring they live-up to our values.  
We engage with our network of integrated point-of-sale system partners and independent sales 
organisations as part of our sales strategy. 

35

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights    CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationSustainability Report (cont’d)  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 1 - TYRO SUSTAINABILITY FRAMEWORK (cont’d) 

Governance of our Sustainability Framework 

We currently operate under the following sustainability governance structure. 

Board 
REVIEW AND APPROVE TYRO’S SUSTAINABILITY FRAMEWORK AND 
ENSURE SUSTAINABILITY RISKS ARE INTEGRATED INTO OUR OVERALL 
RISK FRAMEWORK 

CEO and Managing Director 

•   Develops the approach as to how Tyro strategically integrates, reports 

and discloses the benefit from operating a sustainable business strategy

•  Responsible for the performance of the sustainable business strategy 
•  Engage with key external stakeholders (shareholders and regulators)  

Executive Leadership Team

•  Perform an annual sustainability risk assessment 
•  Implement the sustainable business strategy 
•  Engage with and support the business through leadership of teams 
•   Engage with our merchants, community and suppliers to ensure our 

sustainable business strategy meets our performance targets

Internal Stakeholders 

Team

External Stakeholders 

Merchants

Community

Shareholders

Suppliers

Regulators

Tyro’s sustainability framework has been approved by the Board and responsibility for the framework has been delegated 
to the CEO and Managing Director, who leads Tyro’s Executive Leadership Team (XLT) which is responsible for reviewing 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) risks and opportunities, developing a sustainability strategy and overseeing 
the delivery of Tyro’s sustainability framework. The XLT is also responsible for communicating sustainability matters with 
team members and other key stakeholders.

As part of our sustainability framework, we will also be performing a sustainability risk assessment from FY21 onwards on 
an annual basis to ensure we:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

identify the environmental, social and governance issues and risks that may have a material impact on our value over 
the short, medium, and long term;

provide both data and a supporting narrative explaining why the issue is material and how it impacts our business 
value chain;

recognise the impact that our business has on stakeholders such as team members, merchants, communities, 
shareholders, regulators and suppliers and describe how we take the views of our stakeholders into account as part of 
our risk assessment;

describe our policies and procedures for managing our environmental and social impact over the short, medium and 
long term; and

develop a system to evaluate whether our sustainability policies and procedures are effective, including performance 
against set annual metrics and targets.

Before providing details around the management of our individual stakeholder groups, below is a summary of our 
response to COVID-19 in FY20.  

SECTION 2 – OUR RESPONSE TO COVID-19 

Many of our merchants found the impact of COVID-19 extremely challenging despite all their efforts to innovate and 
adapt, and notwithstanding the various assistance packages on offer from the federal, state and territory governments 
and from Tyro.  

We are committed to doing all we possibly can to support our merchants and our team during this period of uncertainty 
and change.  We developed a range of responses to the crisis to ensure Tyro could continue to provide critical payments 
and banking services to our over 32,000 merchants. 

Response 1 – Formation of a crisis management team

In March 2020, with the onset of the height of the COVID-19 pandemic in Australia resulting in a nationwide lockdown, 
we formed a crisis management team consisting of members of our Executive Leadership Team and team members 
responsible for office logistics and communications  This crisis management team had the central objective of protecting 
our team and ensuring that we could continue to service our merchants in the manner they have come to expect from 
Tyro.  This crisis management team met on a daily basis, chaired by Robbie Cooke, our CEO and Managing Director and 
weekly updates on initiatives, plans and strategies to combat the COVID-19 crisis were reported to the Board.

Some of the key areas that this crisis management team focussed on include:

• 

Analysing and forecasting the impact of COVID-19 on Tyro, in particular our capital and liquidity requirements.

•  Monitoring supply chains and providers for potential challenges for the delivery of key hardware, equipment and 

supplies to keep our business operating.

• 

Implementing a COVID-19 specific work from home policy and toolkit for team members, together with the 
necessary technology and equipment support, and ensuring all functions within the business continued to operate 
remotely and without significant disruption.

37

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights    CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationSustainability Report (cont’d) SECTION 2 – OUR RESPONSE TO COVID-19 (cont’d)

SECTION 2 – OUR RESPONSE TO COVID-19 (cont’d)

Response 1 – Formation of a crisis management team (cont’d)

Response 3 – Fast-tracking access to the Tyro eCommerce payments portal 

• 

• 

• 

Supplying additional resources to team members where required, including mental health and wellbeing support.

Cutting all non-essential expenditure such as marketing expenditure, out-of-cycle salary increases and promotions, 
staff training, physical travel and pausing the recruitment of any non-mission critical roles.

Placing increased focus on the wellbeing of our team members (physical, mental and emotional) and conducting 
weekly employee pulse surveys in the first 8 weeks of the work from home arrangements to assess team sentiment 
during this period of uncertainty.  

Response 2 - Servicing our network of merchants

As a provider of critical payments technology and banking services, the ability of our payments and banking network to 
remain functioning reliably at expected levels was our first priority.

The Tyro team did not miss a beat during the 10 weeks of lockdown, continuing to service all our merchants to our usual 
high standard, and providing assistance to those of our merchants experiencing hardship during the crisis and being there 
for them as businesses started re-opening post lockdown.  

OUTCOME OF RESPONSE:

KEY FOCUS AREA OF RESPONSE

Reliability - Average payments service availability from 1 
March 2020 to 30 June 2020.

OUTCOME

99.99%1

Speed of processing – Average time taken to authorise a 
payment transaction from 1 March 2020 to 30 June 2020.

1.5 seconds

Minimising merchant churn - Merchant churn rate of 
transaction value during the FY20 compared to FY19.

8.0% at 30 June 2020
9.3% at 30 June 2019

Response from our call centre – Ability to handle 
increased call volumes to assist merchants.

Guidelines and information support provided to 
merchants.  

Increased staff in customer support teams on a 24/7 basis.

We provided merchants with general and industry specific 
support and information for dealing with COVID-19 issues in 
their respective businesses.  
Examples included:
•  sanitising of terminals;
•  dealing with increased security and risk issues with 

payments; and

•  working with suppliers like lovelocalretail.org and 

keepyourcafe.com. 

1 

Our availability is expressed as a percentage of total merchant transactions that are unaffected by a Tyro acquiring service issue. We measure 
reliability on a transactional rather than a time (‘uptime’) basis as we believe this more accurately reflects the impact of service disruptions 
during periods of high frequency transactions (for example, peak trading windows such as lunchtimes).

Lockdown laws enforced by state and territory governments in Australia in response to COVID-19 has driven a change in 
consumer behaviour.  In many households, online grocery, apparel, takeaway food orders and entertainment purchases 
replaced retail and mall visits. As many of our hospitality merchants adapted to online takeaway orders, we were able to 
provide telephone order payments processing and an eCommerce solution to our merchants to seamlessly transition 
their business to eCommerce.  

The Tyro eCommerce solution includes features such as e-Invoicing, virtual terminal, recurring payments and security and 
fraud protection matched to a competitive pricing structure and our 24/7 Australian-based customer support. The Tyro 
eCommerce solution connects with 11 popular and widely used shopping carts such as Shopify, OpenCart and Drupal.

OUTCOME OF RESPONSE:

KEY FOCUS AREA OF RESPONSE

Merchants with Tyro eCommerce solution at 30 June 2020.

Transaction value of eCommerce transactions in FY20.

OUTCOME

384

$10.6 million

Response 4 – Provision of a telehealth payments system  

A further impact resulting from the lockdowns during COVID-19, was the ability for the public to visit medical practitioners.  
Telehealth was introduced by the Australian Government as a new way to keep health practitioners and patients in touch 
for consultations while keeping practitioners and the broader community safe.  

Tyro introduced support for merchants in our health vertical by processing both Medicare Benefits Schedule (MBS) bulk-
billed telehealth claims through Tyro EFTPOS and gap fee payments through Tyro EFTPOS, mail order/telephone order 
(MOTO) processing, direct invoicing and virtual terminals via the Tyro eCommerce platform.

OUTCOME OF RESPONSE:

KEY FOCUS AREA OF RESPONSE

Health merchants with telehealth solution as at 30 June 2020.

Transaction value of all telehealth transactions in FY20 (including MOTO).

OUTCOME

7,974

$222.3 million

39

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights    CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationSustainability Report (cont’d) SECTION 2 – OUR RESPONSE TO COVID-19 (cont’d)

Response 5 – Financial assistance provided to our merchants

A number of financial assistance measures were put in place in response to COVID-19 to support our merchants, as well 
as those merchants who had borrowed funds via a Tyro Business Loan.

Loan repayment holidays were provided for merchants affected by COVID-19 through reactive and proactive 
engagement. Inbound merchant requests with the need to defer loan repayments were prioritised for immediate 
assessment and action, whilst an outbound contact program provided merchants with awareness of the support available.

Our decisioning process was adjusted to provide more focus on performing loan assessments manually. We continue to 
monitor the situation and make any necessary adjustments as the conditions change.

Tyro was also selected by the Commonwealth Government to participate in the Coronavirus SME Guarantee Scheme 
(Scheme). The Scheme is designed to help provide businesses access to working capital and assist them through the 
impact of COVID-19. From 12 May 2020, the Tyro Business Loan was solely issued under the Scheme and was available to 
existing Tyro merchants. The unique features of the Tyro Business Loan that many of our merchants are familiar with were 
retained (including repayments being calculated as a percentage of daily EFTPOS and eCommerce takings) and some 
new features were added, as required under the Scheme, such as an initial six-month repayment holiday period.

We also provided terminal rental relief to merchants impacted by COVID-19 by waiving terminal rental charges for 
affected merchants.  

OUTCOME OF RESPONSE:

KEY FOCUS AREA OF RESPONSE

Number of Tyro Business Loan repayment holidays granted (1 March 2020 – 30 June 2020)

New Tyro Business Loans taken up by merchants under Coronavirus SME Guarantee Scheme

Total terminal rental fees waived (1 March 2020 to 30 June 2020)

OUTCOME

380

$0.7 million

$1.6 million

Response 6 – Safety of our Team

One of our key focus areas in our response to COVID-19 has been to prioritise the safety and wellbeing of our team. Under 
the lockdown legislation put in place by the New South Wales Government in March 2020, we moved swiftly to make the 
necessary arrangements for our team to effectively work from home from 23 March 2020.  These arrangements covered 
approximately 99% of all our team members with the only employees still required in office limited to certain merchant 
support and infrastructure requirements that could not be undertaken remotely.  Our work from home response has been 
tremendously successful and our team maintained their high levels of productivity and motivation during the 10 weeks of 
compulsory lockdown continuing to service all our merchants to our usual high standard. Our team continued to support 
our merchants experiencing hardship throughout the crisis and as their businesses started re-opening post lockdown. 

We have been fortunate that we did not need to make any reductions in our workforce due to the financial impact of 
COVID-19. We were able to maintain full operational capacity in all of our teams, including our customer support team 
and product support team.  Furthermore, to ensure we are able to come out of COVID-19 as quickly as possible and return 
to previous growth rates, it was critical for us to maintain the bench-strength in the team, to support newly acquired 
merchants and maintain the roll-out of our new products pipeline. Any reductions in our workforce would have impacted 
this ability.

In late March 2020, we launched a weekly employee pulse survey to understand how team members were adapting to 
the new remote work environment, to assess whether any additional support was needed for team members and to gain 
some insights into the effectiveness of our numerous employee support initiatives. 

Given the impact of the lockdown on the general wellbeing of team members, we developed ‘mental wellness’ guides 
for all employees, we held a Virtual Wellness Week which was specifically targeted at improving physical, mental and 
emotional wellbeing whilst working in isolation, and we created virtual communities leveraging our various technology 
platforms such as Slack and Zoom to encourage social connection during this unprecedented time. 

On 1 June 2020, we re-opened our office to our team and advised that they were able to work from the office again, at 
their election. We formed a Safe Work Committee that was primarily focussed on the safe return to the office for all of our 
team members and ensuring that appropriate risk mitigation strategies were implemented.

Response 7 – Keeping Shareholders informed 

Given the uncertainty surrounding the impact of COVID-19, and in particular its impact on transaction values for our 
payments business, the Board decided to provide weekly updates to shareholders on transaction values from 25 March 
2020. These transaction value updates continued until Tyro’s full-year results reporting date (18 August 2020).  This 
temporary measure, which is a first for an Australian listed company, was introduced to address the unusual operating 
environment we faced and to provide transparency as to the impact on our operations.

The initiatives we have taken have been well-received by all our shareholders and the broader investment community.  

41

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights    CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationSustainability Report (cont’d) SECTION 3 – STAKEHOLDER SUSTAINABILITY MANAGEMENT 

2.2  Our Team

2.1  Our Shareholders

Our shareholders include retail, self-managed superannuation funds and institutional investors. We maintain an active 
dialogue with our shareholders through our newly created investor relations program and by promoting effective 
communication with shareholders.  We encourage their participation at general meetings and investor briefings and this 
participation helps ensure that all shareholders have access to sufficient information, thereby maintaining an informed 
market.

STAKEHOLDER MANAGEMENT:

ENGAGEMENT

KEY MATTERS RAISED BY STAKEHOLDER GROUP

PRINCIPAL RISKS TO/FROM STAKEHOLDER GROUP

Our people are at the core of who we are. We have a strong emphasis on recruiting and retaining top talent that enhances 
our strong values-driven culture. The accumulation of our collective experience, shared values, and individual skills has 
allowed Tyro to deliver industry-leading products and solutions.  

i.  Values:

We are proud of our open, inclusive, and collaborative culture which has as its foundation our guiding values.  We foster a 
high performance, values-driven culture and our most recent employee survey showed that 87% of our team members 
are proud to work at Tyro and 89% would recommend it as a great place to work.

As a team, we are driven by making a real difference to Australian businesses – we support them and provide solutions to 
their business challenges.

•  Sustainable growth and capturing 

•  Deterioration in macroeconomic 

TYRO’S GUIDING VALUES:

•  Regular ASX releases.
•  Half-year and full-year 

published results.
Investor presentations.

• 
•  Media releases.
•  Annual General Meeting.
•  One-on-one meetings with 

market share.
Impact of COVID-19.

• 
•  Future dividends and path to 

profitability.

•  Key Management Personnel 

remuneration.

shareholders.

•  Sustainability matters and response 

•  Participate in investor 
conferences where 
appropriate.

to ESG.

•  Corporate Governance.
•  Liquidity and future gearing.
•  Strategy and innovation.

conditions.

•  Disruption to payments market 
by new operators entering the 
space resulting in pricing pressure, 
lower margins, and emergence of 
alternative payment methods.
•  Adverse regulatory measures 

resulting in a change in the way we do 
business.

•  Disruption, failure, obsolescence 
of technology or inability to scale 
processes.

•  Compliance with existing laws and 

• 

regulations.
Ineffective management of our capital 
and liquidity.

ii.  Diversity:

Tyro’s workforce is made up of many individuals with diverse skills, values, experiences, backgrounds and attributes 
including those gained on account of their gender, gender identity, age, disability, ethnicity, marital or family status, 
religious beliefs, cultural or socio-economic background, sexual orientation, perspective and experience.  Advancing our 
diversity, inclusion and belonging priorities is an ongoing focus for us.

We believe that such a commitment to diversity and inclusion creates a competitive advantage, enhances employee 
participation and in this way is essential to Tyro’s continuing growth and success.

Our team members come from 43 countries, speak 56 languages, and have an average age of 34 years. 35% of our 
managers and 42% of our Executive Leadership Team are female.

We also celebrate diversity of thinking.  Our team consists of individuals who share common values, a common vision 
for Tyro and common respect for their fellow team members. However, in certain circumstances they may not share the 
same ideas, strategies, or way of doing things.  We encourage this difference in thinking to enable us to challenge each 
other, break down the boundaries that may be holding us back, and challenge our leadership team to shift historical 
thinking to adopt a new way of fulfilling Tyro’s mission of being the best business bank.

For FY20, our first year as a listed ASX company, we focussed on the following key diversity objectives:

• 

• 

Achieving a gender diversity in the composition of the Board of not less than 30% of our Directors of each gender.

Rolling-out unconscious bias training to our team.  In FY20 this training was focused on our hiring committees and is 
due to be rolled-out to the entire Tyro team in FY21.

•  Mentoring programs, with a focus on creating mentoring opportunities for members of the Women of Tyro group.

43

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights    CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationSustainability Report (cont’d) SECTION 3 – STAKEHOLDER SUSTAINABILITY MANAGEMENT  (cont’d)

iii.  Engagement and collaboration:

ii.  Diversity (cont’d):

• 

Career development and targeted professional development programs including those aimed at helping employees 
develop skills and experience in preparation for senior management and Board positions.

•  Work/life balance policies including flexible work options, parental leave support, and return-to-work programs.

•  Opportunities for employees on extended parental leave to maintain their connection with Tyro, for example, by 

offering them the option (without any obligation) to receive all-staff communications and to attend work functions 
and training programs through keep-in-touch days. 

• 

Networking opportunities for women at Tyro to expand their networks beyond their team and department, via the 
Women of Tyro group.

As a relevant employer under the Workplace Gender Equality Act 2012, we participate in annual reporting against the 
standardised gender equality indicators.  For FY20, our gender mix profile was as follows:

GENDER DIVERSITY

AT 30 JUNE 2020

AT 30 JUNE 2019

Board of Directors (Non-executives)

2 of 6 Directors (33%)

1 of 6 Directors (17%)

CEO and Managing Director

0 of 1 employee (0%)

0 of 1 employee (0%)

Key Management Personnel1

1 of 2 employees (50%)

1 of 2 employees (50%)

Other executives / general managers1

4 of 9 employees (40%)

3 of 8 employees (38%)

Senior managers1

Other managers1

11 of 31 employees (36%)  

11 of 29 employees (38%) 

 23 of 67 employees (34%)

25 of 69 employees (36%)

1 

These management positions are defined in the Workplace Gender Equality Agency’s guide to reporting under the Workplace Gender Equality 
Act 2012.  Note that Key Management Personnel under these reporting guidelines does not include the CEO and Managing Director, as it does 
elsewhere in this report.

Safety is one of the biggest social barriers to women fulfilling their potential in the workplace.  For this reason, we actively 
support and assist any of our female team members that may be experiencing domestic violence or abuse at home 
through some of the following initiatives:

• 

• 

Team members are entitled to 5 days of unpaid family and domestic violence leave each year of their employment 
and includes part time and casual employees. This leave entitlement refreshes each year.

Team members may also take leave if they need to do something to deal with the impact of family and domestic 
violence and its impractical to do so outside their ordinary hours of work including making arrangements for their 
safety, or safety of a close relative. 

•  We also provide an Employee Assistance Program for all employees, and their immediate families, which is provided 

as either in-person or telephone counselling support. 

In FY21, we will be introducing specific training to team members in relation to dealing with, and support offered, for 
domestic violence and abuse.

An annual Tyro ‘Play Book’ sets out for Tyro’s team members our targets and deliverables for the year ahead.  This 
12-month plan, together with our regular hosted events, support our culture of collaboration and innovation.  Some of 
the events that we conduct include our quarterly innovation days known as Blitz, quarterly tribe days to encourage 
effective teamwork across functions and monthly company all-hands, known as Mindshare, to enable the effective flow 
of pertinent organisational information.

Other engagement activities include:

• 

• 

• 

A weekly communications update from our CEO and Managing Director.

An update from our CEO and Managing Director whenever new material ASX announcements are released to the 
market.

Use of the internal messaging platform, ‘Slack’, collaboration platform, ‘Confluence’ and employee engagement 
platform, ‘Namely’. 

We also hold annual all-company employee surveys and more frequent departmental pulse surveys, that not only 
measures employee engagement but other workplace satisfaction factors such as collaboration, communication, 
enablement and management, amongst others. Through COVID-19, we have also been conducting weekly employee 
surveys to ensure the health and wellbeing of our team is constantly monitored and issues acted on immediately to the 
benefit of the team.

iv. 

Remuneration and employee share ownership:

Our approach to remuneration seeks to strike the right balance between:

• 

• 

• 

Attracting, motivating, and retaining the best talent.

Reflecting the interests of our shareholders as the owners of our business.

Respecting and ‘Wow[ing] the customer’.

To enable our values-driven approach, our performance reviews include an assessment of how our team members live our 
values when delivering against the expectations of their roles. This contributes to the overall performance rating which 
impacts the team member’s remuneration outcome. 

In relation to our FY20 incentive program, a new component relates to overall customer satisfaction levels which applies 
to all team members irrespective of whether they hold a customer-facing role or not. In addition, all our sales incentive 
programs involve a ‘balanced scorecard’ approach which is designed to ensure the appropriate balance is set between 
financial outcomes and doing the right thing by our merchants.

We also recognise that we compete in a highly skilled, high demand talent market, and as such we offer remuneration 
designed to attract, motivate and retain team members who will continue to contribute to our growth and success. Our 
remuneration includes a mix of cash, short-term incentives in both cash and deferred equity, and a long-term incentive 
for key team members in deferred equity only.  Our remuneration approach focusses on both financial and operational 
performance outcomes, together with an element of individual performance.  

Tyro’s People Committee is responsible for our remuneration framework and all matters relating to our team members 
including social sustainability of our workforce. For more information on our approach to remuneration, see our 
Remuneration Report on pages 78 to 110.

45

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights    CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationSustainability Report (cont’d) SECTION 3 – STAKEHOLDER SUSTAINABILITY MANAGEMENT  (cont’d)

vii.  Ethics and integrity

iv.  Remuneration and employee share ownership (cont’d):

Share ownership:

Our goal is for all our team members to be shareholders in Tyro and share in the continued growth and success of Tyro.  
The majority of our employees were either shareholders in Tyro or had options to acquire shares prior to our listing on the 
ASX in December 2019. As a further incentive to encourage additional share ownership we offered team members the 
opportunity to acquire shares through the IPO process as part of the listing.  This opportunity included:

•  The right to acquire $5,000 worth of shares in Tyro as a discount of 10% to the IPO listing price; and

•  The right to acquire $10,000 worth of shares in Tyro at the IPO price. 

Further opportunities to acquire shares continue through team members’ participation in our short-term incentive and 
long-term incentive equity awards as part of their remuneration package.

v. 

Training and development:

With a strong emphasis on our people and culture, we have a range of initiatives designed to support our team’s learning 
and development and increase employee engagement and retention. These include bespoke leadership development 
programs (through the Tyro Leader Program, in partnership with the Australian Institute of Management), career pathways 
to provide promotion opportunities, and reward and recognition initiatives (through our peer recognition program that 
encourages appreciation in the workplace and rewards those who exhibit our core values). 

In FY20, we invested $0.73 million in the training and development of our team which was significantly less than budgeted 
due to the COVID-19 pandemic when we had to pause all in-person training that had previously been scheduled. 

vi. 

Team Safety and wellbeing

As an employer, keeping our team safe is one of our most fundamental responsibilities and the events of the past 12 
months (bushfires and COVID-19) highlight the need for us to continue our focus on this important area.  Refer to section 
2 on page 37 for details on how we responded to the significant safety issue posed by COVID-19 on our team.  

Lost-time incidents (LTI) is the term we use when an employee is injured while carrying out a work-related task and is 
consequently unable to perform his or her regular duties for a period of time after the incident. Total Recordable Injury 
Frequency Rate (LTIFR) is a term we use to refer to the number of lost-time injuries within our financial accounting period 
relative to the total number of hours worked in that period. There were no lost-time incidents recorded in FY20. 

We also encourage all team members to focus on their own wellbeing.  Through our People Team support program, we 
make numerous services available to team members at discounted prices to focus on wellness initiatives including fitness 
classes, nutritional advice, mental health support, health campaigns, financial coaching, and company-funded social 
activities. 

Everyone at Tyro is expected to live and breathe the standards set out in our Code of Conduct in carrying out their 
everyday work. This code sets the framework under which all our people are expected to behave. We expect all our 
Directors and team members to abide by the principles and spirit of this code. 

Our Code of Conduct is a broad set of guidelines and is not intended to cover every situation that may arise. It 
complements other policies, procedures, and guidelines we have and is intended to be consistent with them. It sets 
out a practical set of principles giving direction and reflecting our approach to business conduct, rather than defining a 
prescriptive set of rules.

•  Acting honestly and with high standards of personal integrity.
•  Complying with all laws, regulations and statutes that apply to Tyro and its operations.
•  Observing at all times, Tyro’s policy on the use of the internet, e-mail, computer systems and 

social media.

•  Never engaging in dishonourable, unethical or unprofessional conduct likely to deceive, 

defraud or harm Tyro or its customers.

•  Never carrying out any action, verbal or written, which is likely to discriminate, abuse, torment, 

harass or bully any person at any time as an employee or contractor of Tyro.

•  Acting ethically and responsibly.
•  Disclosing and dealing appropriately with any conflicts between your personal interests and 

your duties as a Director, Exco, people leader, employee or contractor.

•  Never taking advantage of Tyro’s property, information or customers for personal gain or to 

cause detriment to Tyro and its customers.

•  Dealing with customers and suppliers fairly.
•  Maintaining the highest standard of business principles, conduct and service at all times.
•  Never carrying out an act which may damage the reputation of, or bring into disrepute, Tyro or 

our clients.

•  Promoting Tyro in a professional and ethical manner.

Our Code of Conduct is supported by the following policies and procedures:

•  Anti-bribery and corruption policy.

•  Whistle-blower policy.

•  Diversity policy.

47

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights    CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationSustainability Report (cont’d) SECTION 3 – STAKEHOLDER SUSTAINABILITY MANAGEMENT  (cont’d)

2.3  Our Merchants

Australian businesses, mainly small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), are at the heart of what we do. In particular, we 
focus on three verticals – Health, Hospitality and Retail. This focus has enabled us to produce vertically specific products 
and features, meeting the needs of our merchants and solving the friction points they experience.

Our merchant-focused solutions include:

• 

• 

• 

• 

allowing our merchants to accept multiple payment types;

an eCommerce solution that makes it easy for merchants launching online to take payments and provides unified 
payments for merchants with an existing online and in-store presence;

being the first bank to offer a least-cost routing feature (Tap & Save), which allows merchants to save money by 
processing eligible contactless multi-network debit card payments through the scheme that costs the merchant the 
least; and

a fully integrated Alipay payments solution that provides our merchants with an opportunity to access the significant 
number of Chinese tourists visiting Australia each year.

We interact with our merchants through our call centre, product team, sales team, and our banking team and through the 
Tyro App and website.  We also have an active social media engagement program and source feedback on our service 
delivery though our Net Promoter Score (NPS) together with targeted merchant surveys.

As part of our listing on the ASX in December 2019, we provided all our merchants with an opportunity to acquire share 
ownership in Tyro.  This included offering each eligible merchant the right to acquire up to $15,000 worth of shares in 
Tyro at the IPO price.  Applications under the merchant offer were accepted in full and on listing, 1.72 million shares were 
allocated to our merchants representing an increase in merchant ownership in Tyro of 0.5%.

STAKEHOLDER MANAGEMENT:

ENGAGEMENT

KEY MATTERS RAISED BY STAKEHOLDER 
GROUP

PRINCIPAL RISKS TO/FROM STAKEHOLDER 
GROUP

•  24/7 call centre.
•  Tyro product and sales team.
•  Tyro App, Tyro Merchant Portal and 

•  Business continuity from natural 
disasters such as bushfires and 
major flood events.

•  Fraud and fraud prevention.
•  Errors in processing and the 

settlement process.

Tyro website.

•  Social media engagement.
•  Feedback from NPS surveys.
•  Digital and above-the-line 

marketing.

•  Business continuity from 

humanitarian issues such as 
COVID-19.

•  Access to funding assistance.
• 

Information about new payment 
types and banking products.
Information about responsible 
lending practices.

• 

•  Access to eCommerce payments.

•  System outages.
•  Terminal issues that may lead to a 

disruption in business.

•  Point-of-sale system integration.

COVID-19 MERCHANT CASE 
STUDIES

COVID-19 has had a huge impact on all sectors, with 
the hospitality industry being one of the hardest hit. 

Refer to our website at https://www.tyro.com/blog/
how-brisbanes-impressive-dumplings-changed-up-
their-business-in-a-challenging-environment/ for a 
case study on how some of our merchants have opted 
to reinvent their way of operating to remain trading.

COVID-19 also changed the way many medical 
practices operated as they adapted to a situation they 
hadn’t been confronted with before. This included 
changes to their in-practice processes, as well as 
embracing new technologies. 

Refer to our website at https://www.tyro.com/blog/
how-wellers-hill-medical-centre-transitioned-
to-ensure-their-patients-safety-and-continued-
business/ for a case study on how medical practices 
adapted to this changing environment.

49

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights    CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationSustainability Report (cont’d) SECTION 3 – STAKEHOLDER SUSTAINABILITY MANAGEMENT  (cont’d)

2.4 Our Community

The long-term success of Tyro is closely inter-related to the success of the communities in which we operate. Positive 
relationships with the communities in which we operate allow us to build trust and long-term sustainability of our 
operations.

There are categories through which Tyro looks to make a difference to our community:

i. 

Tyro corporate contributions

Corporate contributions include sponsorships and events in partnership with various selected charity, 
community, or industry bodies. Donations, or other non-financial benefits are also provided to causes where 
appropriate.

In FY20, Tyro made total contributions of $11,214 to good causes in addition to employee led donations of goods 
and services to the community.

Tyro also actively contributes to public policy debates and industry reviews to improve the payments system in 
Australia and customer outcomes from those reviews. In FY20, Tyro provided a submission to the current review 
by the Reserve Bank of Australia Payments System Board’s Review of Retail Payments.  The key areas of Tyro’s 
submission related to ensuring Least Cost Routing is enforced in Australia to the benefit of merchants and their 
customers and improving the transparency of fees in the payments industry.  

  ii. 

Employee volunteering and fundraising

Our team members proactively engage with their local communities through organising fundraising events, 
assisting in community projects and donating their expertise where needed by communities. We offer our team 
the support and resources they may need to assist in these proactive initiatives including the ability to take a 
paid volunteer day annually.

2.5 Regulators

Compliance with our banking licence, and the legislation, regulations, rules and standards underpinning that licence, 
is critical to our business sustainability, as is understanding, and being responsive to the broader economic, social and 
community issues impacting government policy.

Our CEO and Managing Director, our Risk Team and our Legal Team manage our relations with regulators and participate 
in regular meetings with government and regulatory agencies which assist us to foster constructive relationships and 
participate in government and industry forums. 

STAKEHOLDER MANAGEMENT:

ENGAGEMENT

KEY MATTERS RAISED BY STAKEHOLDER GROUP

PRINCIPAL RISKS TO/FROM STAKEHOLDER GROUP

•  Participation in company 

and industry meetings with 
government and regulators.
•  Participation in public forums.
•  Attending industry meetings.
•  Meetings with government 

bodies, elected representatives, 
policy officials and regulators.

•  Accountability provisions under the 
Banking Executive Accountability 
Regime (BEAR).
Implementation of least cost routing.

• 
•  Compliance with AUSTRAC and 

Anti-Money Laundering / Know Your 
Customer regulations.

•  Compliance with all Corporate 

•  Non-compliance with applicable laws and 

regulations.

•  Reputational damage to the payments 

system due to unethical business 
practices or non-compliance.

•  Market disruption from new operators 
in the payments system that are not 
regulated.

•  Participation in regulatory 

Governance principals.

•  Technology failures by a payments 

review processes.

•  Meeting minimum capital adequacy 

operator.

targets and liquidity.

•  Open banking and new payments 

platform.

•  Not managing cyber threats or protecting 
consumer privacy through data breaches.
Impact of stress testing.

• 
•  Failure of third-party service providers.

2.6 Our Suppliers

Our ability to deliver our payments and banking offering is reliant on the performance and availability of our technology 
and communication systems and that of our suppliers. 

We are dependent on a number of key suppliers, including:

• 

• 

Card schemes.

Card issuers.

•  Our Terminal hardware vendor - Worldline. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Telecommunication and network providers. 

Point of Sale system partners who integrate with our terminals.

Data centre providers.

Cloud service providers.

Third party credit agencies – we rely on the availability and accuracy of their information to assist in making informed 
credit assessments and in our Know Your Customer onboarding process to fulfil our anti-money laundering and 
counter-terrorism financing obligations.

• 

Third party software providers that are critical in delivering our services.

•  Our eCommerce solution provider.

•  Our logistics providers who deliver our terminals.

The absence of any one or more of the services above could impact our ability to provide some or all of our services for a 
period of time, which may adversely affect our reputation, financial position, performance and ultimate sustainability of 
our operations. 

To protect our relationships with key suppliers, we regularly interact through meetings, tender processes and industry and 
product conferences. 

51

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights    CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationSustainability Report (cont’d) SECTION 3 – STAKEHOLDER SUSTAINABILITY MANAGEMENT  (cont’d)

SECTION 5 – GOVERNANCE 

Information relating to corporate governance is covered in detail in the Investor section of our website and economic 
sustainability is covered in more detail in the Directors’ Report on pages 67 to 77.

Our Corporate Governance Statement describes in full our approach to corporate governance and our compliance with 
the Recommendations of the ASX Corporate Governance Council. Tyro has elected to early-adopt the fourth edition of 
the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations, which have formed the basis of Tyro’s decision making 
and accountability since listing on the ASX. The Corporate Governance Statement in respect of FY20 has been lodged 
with the ASX and is available from our website at:  www.tyro.com/about-tyro/investors.

This Corporate Governance Statement has been approved by the Board and is current as at 18 August 2020.

2.6 Our Suppliers (cont’d)

STAKEHOLDER MANAGEMENT:

ENGAGEMENT

KEY MATTERS RAISED BY STAKEHOLDER 
GROUP

PRINCIPAL RISKS TO/FROM STAKEHOLDER 
GROUP

•  Regular meetings with suppliers.
•  Events and conferences.
•  Tender processes.
•  Supplier assessments and reviews.

•  Timely payment for goods and 

•  Obsolescence of technology and 

services delivered.

systems failures.

•  Fair treatment. 
•  Meeting environmental standards 
that we expect to be followed.

•  Providers may choose to cease to 

do business, or change the terms on 
which they do business, with us.
•  Reputational damage to Tyro due to 
suppliers not complying with Tyro’s 
supplier code of conduct (including 
anti-slavery policies).

•  Adherence to anti-bribery and 

corruption policies.

SECTION 4 – ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY 

Tyro acknowledges the increased community concern about climate change and the impact that businesses have on 
the environment they operate in. We also acknowledge the importance of considering the impact of climate change on 
the sustainability of our operations even though Tyro has a relatively low environmental footprint through our operations. 
The bushfires that Australia experienced in January 2020 are a timely reminder of the potential impacts of climate 
change with many of our merchants being directly affected by the fires while many more in the metropolitan areas were 
impacted by the poor air quality as a direct result of the bushfires.    

Our objectives around environmental reporting are to be transparent with our shareholders by disclosing our climate 
change-related data, including the reporting of the risks and opportunities of climate change to our business and the 
financial impacts and potential actions by Tyro to mitigate the climate-related risks. However, as Tyro only listed on 
the ASX in December 2019, our approach to reporting on environmental issues is still under development. In FY21 we 
will be enhancing our systems to report on environmental sustainability and impacts, including undertaking a formal 
environmental risk assessment and developing an environmental management report for the Audit Committee and the 
Risk Committee based on the recommendations of the Financial Stability Board’s Taskforce on Climate related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD) and with reference to the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards on climate change.  

53

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights    CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationSustainability Report (cont’d)  
Profiles

Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020

55

Board of Directors

David Thodey AO
CHAIR OF THE BOARD 

Independent non-executive Director since November 2018 and Chairman since 15 October 2019.

OTHER TYRO RESPONSIBILITIES:

•  Member of the People Committee.

CAREER:

David is a business leader focused on innovation, 
technology and telecommunications, with more 
than 30 years’ of experience in the technology and 
telecommunications industries. He has a track record 
of creating brand and shareholder value, and has been 
successfully involved in innovation across a wide range 
of sectors.  David had a successful executive career as 
CEO of Telstra, Australia’s leading telecommunications 
and information services company from 2009 to 2015.  
He began his career at IBM, where he spent more than 
22 years and held several Asia Pacific senior executive 
positions including Chief Executive Officer of IBM 
Australia and New Zealand.  In 2017, David was made 
an Officer (AO) in the General Division of the Order of 
Australia for his service to business and the promotion 
of ethical leadership and workplace diversity.

RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN 
THE PAST THREE YEARS:

•  Chair of Xero Limited, a leading New Zealand based 
cloud-based accounting software platform for 
small and medium-sized businesses.

•  Chair of the Commonwealth Scientific and 
Industrial Research Organisation (CSIRO).

•  Non-executive director of Ramsay Health Care, a 

global hospital group.

•  Former Non-executive director of Vodafone plc, a 

global telecommunications company (1 September 
2019 to 28 July 2020).

QUALIFICATIONS:

David holds a Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology and 
English from Victoria University, Wellington, New 
Zealand, attended the Kellogg School of Management 
postgraduate General Management Program at 
Northwestern University in Chicago, USA, and was 
awarded an Honorary Doctorate in Science and 
Technology from Deakin University in 2016 and an 
Honorary Doctorate of Business from University of 
Technology Sydney in 2018.

Robbie Cooke
CEO AND MANAGING DIRECTOR

Robbie joined Tyro in 2018 as Chief Executive Officer 
and was appointed as Managing Director on 18 October 
2019.

CAREER:

Robbie has over 30 years’ experience in the oil and gas, 
mining, lotteries, wagering and online travel industries. 
Prior to Tyro, Robbie was the Managing Director and 
CEO of Tatts Group Limited.  This role concluded upon 
Tatts merging via a scheme of arrangement with its 
Australian peer, Tabcorp Holdings Limited. 

Prior to Tatts, Robbie served initially as Chief Operating 
Officer, and then as CEO and Managing Director of 
one of Australia’s leading online travel groups, Wotif.
com Holdings Limited. During his seven years at Wotif, 
Robbie oversaw the group’s significant scale up from 
startup mode, achieving a circa fivefold increase in 
profits and undertaking a successful IPO on the ASX in 
2006.

QUALIFICATIONS:

Robbie is a member of the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors, an associate of the Governance 
Institute of Australia and a solicitor of the Supreme 
Court of Queensland. Robbie also sits on the advisory 
board of in-home care provider Five Good Friends.

Robbie holds a Bachelor of Laws (Honours) from The 
University of Queensland Law School, a Bachelor of 
Commerce from The University of Queensland and a 
Graduate Diploma in Company Secretarial Practice from 
the Governance Institute of Australia.

Hamish Corlett
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Non-executive Director since April 2019  
(non-independent).

OTHER TYRO RESPONSIBILITIES:

•  Member of the Audit Committee.

•  Member of the People Committee.

CAREER:

Hamish is a founder and partner of TDM Growth 
Partners, a private investment firm specialising in high 
growth companies globally.  Hamish has over 20 years’ 
experience in investing and investment banking. Prior 
to TDM, Hamish worked as an Investment Manager at 
Caledonia Investments, a global fund manager, and an 
Analyst at Caliburn Partnership (now Greenhill).

RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN 
THE PAST THREE YEARS:

•  Non-executive director of SomnoMed Limited, a 

medical company providing treatment solutions for 
sleep-related breathing disorders.

QUALIFICATIONS:

Hamish holds a Bachelor of Commerce with Honours 
Class 1 (Accounting and Finance) from the University of 
Sydney and a Graduate Diploma of Counselling from 
the Australian College of Applied Psychologists.

57

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights    CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationBoard of Directors (cont’d) 

David Fite
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 

Non-executive Director  
since July 2018 (non-independent).

OTHER TYRO RESPONSIBILITIES:

•  Member of the Risk Committee.

Catherine Harris AO, PSM
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 

Independent non-executive Director  
since December 2015.

OTHER TYRO RESPONSIBILITIES:

•  Chair of the People Committee.

CAREER:

CAREER:

David has over 25 years’ experience in the financial 
services industry. David has held various roles at 
Westpac Banking Corporation, including Treasurer, 
Assistant Chief Financial Officer and the Group 
Executive responsible for all retail and business banking 
products in Australia. David has also worked at Japan’s 
Shinsei Bank (formerly known as The Long-Term Credit 
Bank of Japan) as Senior Corporate Executive Officer, 
Chief Financial Officer and a member of its Board. David 
is also an active investor in various credit, financial 
services and technology businesses.

RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN 
THE PAST THREE YEARS:

•  Director of Judo Capital Holdings Ltd and Judo 

Catherine has over 40 years’ experience in the retail 
industry. She has held Director and Chair roles at 
the Affirmative Action Agency, the University of 
NSW, University of Notre Dame, the Sydney Cricket 
Ground Trust, the National Gallery of Australia, the 
Australian Defence Force Academy, The Museum 
of Contemporary Art Australia, St Margaret’s Public 
Hospital, The Australian Rugby League Commission, the 
Australia Japan Foundation and the Sports Australia Hall 
of Fame. Cathy is an Officer in the Order of Australia 
and was awarded the Australian Public Service Medal in 
2000 and The Centenary Medal in 2001.

RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN 
THE PAST THREE YEARS:

Bank Pty Ltd, a SME challenger bank.

•  Chair of Harris Farm Markets Pty Ltd, Australia’s 

•  Director of Evari Insure Pty Ltd and associated 
entities, a company that offers flexible online 
insurance options to small businesses across 
Australia.

•  Director of Marsello Ltd, a company that makes 

intelligent marketing accessible and easy for multi-
channel retailers.

•  Director of MYOB Group Co Pty Ltd, a provider of 

accounting, tax and business services. 

QUALIFICATIONS:

David holds a Bachelor of Arts in Government (magna 
cum laude) from Harvard College, and a Master of 
Business Administration and Masters in Economics from 
Stanford University.

largest independent produce retailer.

•  Director of The Australian Ballet.

•  Director of the University of New South Wales 

School of Business.

•  Director of Cox’s River Rest Pty Ltd.

QUALIFICATIONS:

Catherine holds a Bachelor of Commerce (with merit) 
and an Honorary Doctorate in Business from the 
University of New South Wales.

Fiona Pak-Poy
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Paul Rickard
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Independent non-executive Director  
since September 2019.

Independent non-executive Director  
since August 2009.

OTHER TYRO RESPONSIBILITIES:

OTHER TYRO RESPONSIBILITIES:

•  Member of the Risk Committee.

•  Member of the Audit Committee.

CAREER:

Fiona has over 25 years’ experience in a variety of 
industries, for companies ranging from startups to large 
public companies and not-for-profits. Fiona has served 
on various boards, including MYOB, StatePlus, and the 
commercialisation office of The University of Adelaide, 
Adelaide Research and Innovation. She was a strategy 
consultant for the Boston Consulting Group in the US 
and Australia, and was also a partner in an Australian 
venture capital fund focused on technology startups.

RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN 
THE PAST THREE YEARS:

•  Non-executive Director of ASX-listed iSentia 

Limited, a media intelligence and data technology 
company.

•  Non-executive Director of Novotech Aus 

HoldCo, Asia-Pacific’s leading contract research 
organisation (CRO) providing clinical research 
solutions world-wide.

•  Director of the Sydney School of Entrepreneurship.

•  Former Non-executive Director of MYOB Group 

Limited prior to their buyout by KKR in April 2019 
(January 2017 to April 2019).

QUALIFICATIONS:

Fiona holds an Honours degree in Engineering from 
The University of Adelaide and a Master of Business 
Administration from the Harvard Business School.

•  Chair of the Risk Committee.

•  Chair of the Audit Committee.

CAREER:

Paul was the founding Managing Director of CommSec, 
which he led from 1994 to 2002, and was Chairman 
until 2009.  After a 20 year career with Commonwealth 
Bank finishing in the role of Executive General Manager 
Payments & Business Technology, Paul left in 2009 to 
team up with Peter Switzer and found the Switzer Super 
Report, a subscription based newsletter for the trustees 
of self-managed super funds.  An expert in investment 
and superannuation, Paul is a regular commentator 
on TV, radio and online and also oversees editorial 
development at Switzer Financial Group Pty Ltd.  In 
2005, Paul was named ‘Stockbroker of the Year’ and 
admitted to the Industry Hall of Fame of the Australian 
Stockbrokers Foundation.

RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN 
THE PAST THREE YEARS:

•  Non-executive Director of ASX-listed WCM Global 
Growth Ltd, an independent asset management 
firm.

•  Non-executive Director of Property Exchange 

Australia Ltd, a company specialising in the digital 
settlement of property. 

•  Director of OpenInvest Ltd and OpenInvest 

Holdings Pty Ltd, a company that offers investors 
access to professionally managed portfolios.

•  Director of Switzer Financial Group Pty Ltd.

QUALIFICATIONS:

Paul holds Bachelor of Science degrees in Mathematics 
and Computer Science from the University of Sydney.

59

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights    CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationExecutive 
Leadership Team 

Jairan Amigh
COMPANY SECRETARY AND SPECIAL COUNSEL 

Dave Coombes 
CHIEF TECHNOLOGY OFFICER

Jay was appointed as Co-Company Secretary on 20 
February 2020 and become Company Secretary on 
30 June 2020 with the resignation of Sami Wilson.  Jay 
holds Bachelors of Law and Commerce and has over 30 
years in legal practice focusing on financial services and 
corporate governance.

Dave joined us in 2017 in the role of Chief Technology 
Officer. Dave has over 20 years’ experience building and 
leading teams that develop and operate large-scale 
mission-critical systems for high profile organisations 
across a range of industries including financial services, 
wagering, retail and telecommunications. Prior to Tyro, 
Dave held senior technology roles at BT Financial Group, 
Tabcorp and Insurance Australia Group. Dave also 
worked as a principal consultant at ThoughtWorks while 
they were pioneering the use of agile development 
methods for software delivery.

Dave holds a PhD in Theoretical Physics from the 
University of Sheffield, UK and a first class honours 
degree in Theoretical Physics from the University of 
Birmingham, UK.

Angela Green  
CHIEF RISK OFFICER

Angela joined us in 2019 in the role of Chief Risk 
Officer. Angela has over 30 years’ experience in 
banking and finance, management consulting and the 
Royal Australian Air Force. Angela has held numerous 
senior financial and non-financial risk management, 
commercial and business lending product and 
distribution roles at both Commonwealth Bank of 
Australia and the National Australia Bank.

Angela holds a Master of Business Administration from 
Victoria University.

Yvette Mandanas  
CHIEF PEOPLE OFFICER

Yvette joined us in 2016 to establish the HR function 
in the role of Chief People Officer. Yvette has over 15 
years’ experience in HR in fast growth technology 
organisations. Yvette specialises in the design and 
delivery of HR operational, talent acquisition, leadership 
development and culture development initiatives to 
drive business strategy. Yvette has held HR leadership 
roles during her time at Avanade, the Microsoft 
technology consulting arm of Accenture, and at 
Nearmap, an ASX-listed market leader in geospatial map 
technology.

Yvette holds a Graduate Diploma in Human Resource 
Management from the University of Technology 
Sydney, has completed an Executive Program in People, 
Performance and Culture from Stanford University, 
and is a professional member of the Australian Human 
Resources Institute (CAHRI).

Steven Chapman 
HEAD OF AUDIT 

Prav Pala  
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Steven joined us in 2019 and leads the internal audit function, providing an independent view on whether we have an 
appropriate risk and control environment.  Steven has over 17 years’ experience in project management, audit, and risk. 
Steve began his career with a large UK utility firm before working for Woolworths Group, Insurance Australia Group and 
QBE Insurance Group.

Steven is a Chartered Global Management Accountant (CGMA) and Certified Information Systems Auditor (CISA). He also 
holds a Master of Arts in History (Honours) from the University of Glasgow.

Praveenesh (Prav) joined Tyro in 2014 in the role of Chief Financial Officer. Prav has over 20 years’ experience 
gained in professional consulting, property funds management and financial services. Since starting his career at 
PricewaterhouseCoopers, Prav has held several senior positions at QBE Insurance Group, Westfield Trust, Domaine Mirvac 
Funds Management and ING Direct, and has managed large integration and strategic finance related projects.

Prav holds a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of New South Wales. He is a qualified CPA and member of the 
CFA Institute.

61

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights    CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationExecutive 
Leadership Team (cont’d) 

James Revell
CHIEF STRATEGY OFFICER 

Lisa Vitaris 
CHIEF MARKETING OFFICER

James joined us in 2017 to establish the corporate 
strategy function, and was appointed to the leadership 
team as Chief Strategy Officer a year later. James 
specialises in analysing and driving the delivery of 
strategic growth opportunities in consideration of 
structural trends and a deep understanding of the 
current market. Prior to Tyro, James previously held roles 
at Monitor Deloitte and Telstra Digital.

James holds a first class Honours degree from the 
University of Cambridge and a Master of Commerce 
from the University of Sydney Business School.

Lisa joined us in 2017 to drive both brand and 
acquisition, and in 2018 was appointed as Chief 
Marketing Officer. Lisa has over 16 years’ experience 
in marketing, specialising in financial services. She 
has extensive experience in branding and high growth 
acquisition, and has held roles both client side at Aussie 
Home Loans and CMC Markets, as well as at advertising 
agencies working across Citibank, Bankwest, CommSec 
and IMB.

Lisa holds a Master of Business in International 
Marketing from the University of Technology, Sydney.

Josh Walther 
CHIEF CUSTOMER OFFICER 

Josh joined Tyro in 2017 in the role of Director of Sales, becoming Chief Customer Officer in 2018. Josh has more 
than 20 years’ experience in financial services and management consulting with ING Direct, Aussie Home Loans, 
KPMG Consulting and Arthur Andersen Business Consulting. He has extensive experience delivering sales growth and 
customer experiences for financial services businesses across multiple distribution formats including direct, digital and 
partnerships.  In his eight years at ING Direct, Josh’s leadership in growing and developing consumer sales and service 
channels culminated in him being awarded Australian Customer Experience Executive of the Year and his team awarded 
Best Contact Centre in Australia.

Josh holds a Bachelor of Business (Honours – First Class) from the University of Technology, Sydney and completed the 
Stanford University Executive Program for Growing Companies in 2019.

Sami Wilson
GENERAL COUNSEL  

Sami is our General Counsel and joined us in 2018 to 
establish the in-house legal function.  Sami has over 
10 years’ legal experience in a diverse range of areas, 
including advising ASX-listed entities on corporate 
law and M&A and working on private equity, venture 
capital and banking and finance transactions. Before he 
joined us, Sami was a Senior Associate at Herbert Smith 
Freehills.

Sami holds a Bachelor of Laws (Honours) from the 
University of Melbourne and a Bachelor of Commerce 
from The University of Adelaide. Sami is admitted as a 
solicitor of the Supreme Courts of New South Wales and 
South Australia.

Bronwyn Yam 
CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER

Bronwyn joined us in 2017 and is our Chief Product 
Officer. Bronwyn has over 20 years’ experience in 
financial services and consulting. She has extensive 
experience in challenging the status quo and delivering 
on innovative processes and solutions. Bronwyn 
has a passion for driving transformational change in 
organisations and teams leveraging on technology 
and disruptive thinking to deliver desired customer 
outcomes. Prior to joining Tyro, Bronwyn held several 
senior roles in strategy, lending and payments within 
Commonwealth Bank of Australia since 2005. Bronwyn 
also had a consulting career with Arthur Andersen 
Business Consulting in the US and across Asia, working 
with clients from multiple industries from manufacturing 
to financial services.

Bronwyn holds a Bachelors of Arts, Business Economics 
from the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA) 
and a Masters of Business Administration from the Hong 
Kong University of Science and Technology (HKUST).

63

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights    CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationTrack 
Record

Transaction value

Total revenue 

Direct expenses

Gross Profit

30 JUNE 2020
$’000

30 JUNE 2019
$’000

30 JUNE 2018
$’000

30 JUNE 2017
$’000

30 JUNE 2016
$’000

20,131,045

17,496,322

13,359,608

10,607,068

8,590,407

210,675

189,770

148,231

120,575

95,777

(117,200)

(106,510)

(79,163)

(64,538)

(49,584)

93,475

83,260

69,068

56,037

46,193

Operating expenses

(97,847)

(91,871)

(78,890)

(65,245)

(44,413)

EBITDA  
(before share-based payments and IPO costs)

(4,372)

(8,611)

(9,822)

(9,208)

1,780

Share-based payments

(10,896)

(3,788)

(1,411)

(1,841)

(965)

IPO Costs

EBITDA 

(9,730)

-

-

-

(24,998)

(12,399)

(11,233)

(11,049)

-

815

Depreciation & Amortisation

(12,524)

(7,864)

(7,064)

(5,984)

(4,025)

Net interest cost

(535)

-

-

-

-

Loss before income tax 

(38,057)

(20,263)

(18,297)

(17,033)

(3,210)

Loss after income tax 

(38,057)

(18,439)

(17,146)

(14,820)

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

(749)

$’000

Cash, cash equivalents and investments

188,324

68,758

84,251

96,755

110,027

Cash flows from operating activities 

8,194

(13,931)

(12,799)

(15,571)

(3,269)

65

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationDirectors’ 
Report

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020

67

Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationDirectors’ 
Report 

For the year ended 30 June 2020

The Directors present their report together with the Financial Report of Tyro Payments Limited (Company or Tyro) for the 
year ended 30 June 2020 and the Independent Auditor’s Report thereon.

MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS

DIRECTORS 

The following persons held office as Directors of the Company during the financial year and up to the date of this Report 
(unless otherwise stated): 

David Thodey AO

Chair & Non-executive Director

Independent 

Robbie Cooke

Hamish Corlett

David Fite

CEO and Managing Director

Executive

Non-executive Director

Non-independent

Non-executive Director

Non-independent

Catherine Harris AO, PSM

Non-executive Director

Fiona Pak-Poy

Paul Rickard

Non-executive Director

Non-executive Director

Independent

Independent

Independent

Kerry Roxburgh retired as Non-executive Director and Chairman of the Tyro Board, effective 15 October 2019. As part of 
the Tyro Board’s ongoing renewal and succession process, David Thodey became Tyro’s Chairman on 15 October 2019.

Fiona Pak-Poy was appointed to the Tyro Board as a Non-executive Director on 4 September 2019.

Robbie Cooke was appointed as Managing Director on 18 October 2019.

Details, including term of office, qualifications, experience and information on other directorships held by Directors, can 
be found on pages 56 to 59 of the Annual Report. 

COMPANY SECRETARIES 

Jairan Amigh 
(appointed as Co-Company Secretary on 
20 February 2020)

Sami Wilson 
(resigned as Co-Company Secretary on 
30 June 2020)

Jay was appointed as Co-Company Secretary on 20 
February 2020 and became sole Company Secretary on 
30 June 2020 with the resignation of Sami Wilson.  Jay 
holds Bachelors of Law and Commerce and has over 30 
years in legal practice focusing on financial services and 
corporate governance.

Sami joined Tyro in April 2018 as General Counsel to 
establish the in-house legal function. He was appointed 
Company Secretary on 7 May 2018 and resigned as Co-
Company Secretary effective 30 June 2020. Sami holds 
Bachelors of Law and Commerce.

The number of meetings of the Company’s Directors (including meetings of Committees of Directors) and the number of 
meetings attended by each Director during the financial year were:

BOARD OF  
DIRECTORS MEETINGS

AUDIT COMMITTEE

RISK  COMMITTEE

PEOPLE COMMITTEE

A

34

25

34

34

34

29

34

9

B

33

25

33

32

30

29

33

9

A

nm

nm

4

1

1

4

5

B

nm

nm

4

1

1

4

5

nm

nm

A

1

nm

nm

7

nm 

7

8

2

B

1

nm

nm

7

nm

7

8

2

A

5

nm

5

nm

6

nm

1

1

B

5

nm

4

nm

6 

nm

1

1

David Thodey

Robbie Cooke1

Hamish Corlett

David Fite

Catherine Harris

Fiona Pak-Poy

Paul Rickard

Kerry Roxburgh2

A 

B 

Number of meetings during the year while the Director was a member of the Board or Committee. 

Number of meetings attended by the Director as a member during the year.

nm  Not a member of the relevant Committee. 

1 

The CEO and Managing Director is not a Non-executive Director. Robbie was invited by the Board to attend the Risk Committee, Audit 
Committee, and People Committee meetings (or part thereof).

2 

Kerry Roxburgh retired as a Director and Chair on 15 October 2019.

In addition to the Board and Committee meeting attendances noted above, a number of Directors participated in other 
Committees established for special purposes.

At the date of this report, the Company has an Audit Committee, Risk Committee and People Committee. The members 
of each Committee are as follows:

AUDIT COMMITTEE

RISK COMMITTEE

PEOPLE COMMITTEE

Paul Rickard (Chair)

Paul Rickard (Chair)

Catherine Harris (Chair)

Hamish Corlett

Fiona Pak-Poy

David Fite

Fiona Pak-Poy

Hamish Corlett

David Thodey

69

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationDIRECTORS INTEREST IN SECURITIES

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

The relevant interest of each Director in securities of the Company at the date of this Directors’ Report is as follows: 

1.  Review of Operations and Financial 

Grow merchant share in existing core verticals

DIRECTOR 

David Thodey

Robbie Cooke

Hamish Corlett1

David Fite2

Catherine Harris

Fiona Pak-Poy

Paul Rickard

RELEVANT INTEREST IN ORDINARY 
SHARES

OPTIONS OVER ORDINARY SHARES

RIGHTS OVER ORDINARY SHARES

859,091

491,936

68,199,357

18,547,995

627,826

32,728

2,319,660

82,286

5,504,530

68,000

2,919,318

164,626

83,000

253,940

131,905

1,200,000

89,658

89,658

106,262

73,692

61,432

1  Hamish Corlett’s holding reflects shares held beneficially through associated entities and directly held shares.

2  Includes options held by Euclid Capital Partners LLC, an entity controlled by David Fite.

2020 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
STATEMENT

Tyro’s governance arrangements and practices as 
compared to the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s 
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations 
(4th Edition) are set out in our Corporate Governance 
Statement. Tyro must also comply with its constitution, 
the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), the ASX Listing Rules, 
the Banking Act 1959 (Cth), including the Banking 
Executive Accountability Regime (contained in Part IIAA 
of the Banking Act 1959) amongst other laws, and, as an 
Authorised Deposit-taking Institution, with governance 
requirements prescribed by the Australian Prudential 
Regulation Authority (APRA) under Prudential Standard 
CPS 510 Governance and other applicable published 
APRA Prudential Standards.

Information about Tyro’s corporate governance policies 
and practices can be found in the 2020 Corporate 
Governance Statement available at:

www.tyro.com/about-tyro/investors.

PILLAR 3 INFORMATION

Tyro provides information required by APRA prudential 
standard APS 330: Public Disclosure in the Regulatory 
Disclosures section at:

www.tyro.com/about-tyro/investors.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

Tyro is a technology-focused and values-driven company 
providing Australian businesses with payment solutions 
and complementary business banking products.

As an Australian bank, Tyro operates under the supervision 
of the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority. Tyro 
provides credit, debit and EFTPOS card acquiring, 
Medicare and private health fund claiming and rebating 
services to Australian businesses. Tyro takes money on 
deposit and offers unsecured cash-flow based lending 
to Australian EFTPOS merchants. The Company has 
implemented appropriate systems and controls to comply 
with the stringent prudential and regulatory requirements 
within the Australian banking system.

Position

Refer to the CEO and Managing Director’s Report 
on pages 13 to 29 of the Annual Report, which 
forms part of this Directors’ Report.   

2.  Significant Changes in the State of 

Affairs

In the opinion of the Directors, there were no 
significant changes in the state of affairs of the 
Company during the financial period, except as 
otherwise noted in this report.

3.  Significant Events after the end of 

the Financial Year 

Refer to Note 24 of the Financial Report, which 
forms part of this Directors’ Report.

4.  Business Strategies and Future 

Prospects 

We have a clear strategy which underpins our 
growth ambitions. This includes a number of key 
initiatives as set out below:

A focus on merchants in the Health, Hospitality and Retail 
verticals has been one of the pillars of our business model 
and success. This approach has enabled us to better 
understand each vertical and the needs of merchants 
that operate within it, informing the development of 
better solutions, and resulting in market share growth. We 
believe that there is still significant opportunity in these 
verticals.

We have over 32,000 Australian merchants, the significant 
majority of which are SMEs in our three core verticals. 
This compares to a total of 312,000 SMEs in the Health, 
Hospitality and Retail verticals as at 30 June 2019.

Key drivers for continued market share growth include 
increased marketing to drive brand awareness, more 
Point of Sale system integrations, additional payments 
methods and the development of more industry-specific 
solutions.

Add new core verticals

We plan on developing Accommodation and Services 
into core verticals (estimated to represent approximately 
700,000 businesses in total as at 30 June 2019) as we 
believe merchants in these verticals will benefit from 
a merchant acquirer with the technical capability to 
produce specialised solutions and the preparedness to 
build domain expertise. We intend to use our technical 
capability to produce specialised solutions, including in 
eCommerce, to align with the identified needs in these 
verticals and to expand our terminal offering to provide 
more choice to merchants to enhance our attractiveness 
in these verticals.

We intend to adopt a similar approach that has proven 
successful in servicing Health, Hospitality and Retail 
verticals and will leverage our existing platform and 
payments domain knowledge.

71

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Directors’  Report (cont’d) Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
 
 
 
Drive expansion into eCommerce and other 
payment types

We will continue to drive the take-up of our unified 
payments solution by our merchants, particularly the 
approximately one third of them that we estimate to 
conduct online sales. Within our current merchant base, 
we believe that there is a significant opportunity to drive 
growth in eCommerce and that our merchants will benefit 
from our unified payments solution, which provides 
single-settlement and reporting across ‘card-present’ and 
‘card-not-present’. We also believe that our merchants 
will find this attractive as it will enable them to provide 
their cardholders with a more seamless experience across 
online and offline channels (for example, where customers 
purchase online and seek a refund in-store).

As the first Australian bank to provide a fully integrated 
Alipay solution, we intend to continue to innovate and 
provide multiple new and emerging payment types. In the 
near term, we plan to introduce payment methods like 
WeChat Pay and Zip Pay. We believe that having these 
features will position us ahead of the four major banks and 
assist us in retaining and growing our merchant base.

Cross-sell and drive expansion in lending and 
other value-adding services

We believe that there is significant cross-sell opportunity 
within our current product suite. By promoting a greater 
take-up of our ancillary value-adding offerings, including 
loans in the form of merchant cash advances, we will seek 
to enhance our unit economics through greater share of 
merchant wallet and merchant retention. We also consider 
that there are opportunities to offer certain value-adding 
products decoupled from our payments solution, including 
Tyro Connect as discussed below.

Tyro Connect Launched

In recent years, there has been growth in the number 
of customer-facing apps participating in the payments 
ecosystem. These include loyalty, booking and order-
ahead apps, designed to meet customer demands for 
enhanced convenience and service. These apps typically 
seek to integrate with multiple Point of Sale (POS) systems 
to distribute their services into merchants’ operations 
which can create duplication, costs and other inefficiencies 
for POS suppliers, merchants and apps. In the current 
configuration, some Hospitality app solutions require 
additional hardware including printers and tablet devices 
at the premises. The proliferation of apps has resulted in 
friction for merchants, POS systems and app providers.

We are well placed to develop a solution, given our 
technology expertise, integration experience and existing 
network of POS system partners. This solution will aim to 
solve these inefficiencies via an API-based integration 
platform, distinct from merchant acquiring.

We are currently in the pilot phase of this solution, which 
is known as Tyro Connect. Tyro Connect is designed to 
be an integration hub for apps and POS systems – a ‘plug 
and play’ platform software solution designed to address 
merchant pain points around ‘counter clutter’ and manual 
processes. It also aims to make it easier for POS system 
partners and app providers to meet customer needs.

Tyro Connect seeks to reinforce our value proposition 
to merchants, while embedding us more deeply into 
the commerce ecosystem and enhancing our ability to 
capture data and insights. We also intend for this to be a 
standalone solution for businesses, irrespective of whether 
they are currently using any other of our products. If a 
business adopts Tyro Connect, it presents us with an 
opportunity to cross-sell other products. We are currently 
focused on use cases relevant to our core verticals, starting 
with Hospitality.

Tyro’s key priorities and strategies for FY21 are also 
discussed in the CEO and Managing Director’s Report 
on pages 13 to 29. In the Directors’ opinion, any further 
disclosure of information on Tyro’s business strategies and 
future prospects would be likely to result in unreasonable 
prejudice to the Company. 

5.  Material Risks to Business Strategies and Prospects for Future Financial Years 

The potential material business risks that could adversely affect Tyro’s achievement of its business strategies and 
financial prospects in future years are described below. This section does not purport to list every risk that may be 
associated with Tyro’s business now or in the future. There is no guarantee or assurance that the importance of these risks 
will not change or other risks emerge. While Tyro aims to manage risks in order to avoid adverse impacts on its financial 
and reputational standing, some risks are outside the control of the Company. 

The management and oversight of risk is ultimately overseen by our Board and Risk Committee. We have an integrated 
Risk Management Framework in place to identify, assess, manage and report risks on a consistent basis. This framework 
has been developed to accord with the tolerance levels set out in our Risk Appetite Statement. 

TYRO’S RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

OUR  
PURPOSE

HOW MUCH  
RISK WE TAKE

HOW WE  
DEFINE RISK

WHAT RISK  
WE TAKE

HOW WE  
ASSURE  
OURSELVES 

HOW WE  
GOVERN RISK

Our Strategy

Risk Appetite Statement

Risk Management Strategy

1. Strategic Risk Management

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

NON-FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

2. Credit Risk  
Framework

3. Liquidity Risk 
Management 
Framework

4. Market and 
Investment Risk 
Management 
Framework

5. Operational 
Risk 
Management 
Framework

6. Compliance 
Risk 
Management 
Framework

7. Customer and 
Conduct Risk 
Management

Clear business procedures aligned to policies, risk and compliance self-assessment, control assurance program, 
staff training, testing adherence to policy, analysing incidents, reporting, risks/issues and breach identification and 
management, credit decisioning, hindsight review, profiling, stress testing, audits

I

R
S
K
C
U
L
T
U
R
E

BOARD, BOARD RISK COMMITTEE, BOARD AUDIT COMMITTEE

EXECUTIVE RISK COMMITTEE

BUSINESS UNIT RISK MANAGEMENT 

73

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Directors’  Report (cont’d) Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
5.  Material Risks to Business Strategies 
and Prospects for Future Financial 
Years (cont’d)

To help ensure we operate within the defined risk appetite 
set by the Board, our approach to managing our risk is 
underpinned by a ‘three lines’ of defence model:

• 

• 

• 

First Line of Defence: risk owners – business 
managers have primary responsibility for the 
identification and management of risk in the 
performance of their day-to-day responsibilities;

Second Line of Defence: risk appetite, oversight 
and insight – dedicated risk management and 
compliance functions are accountable for risk 
oversight, insight and support, including the 
development and regular review of the risk 
management framework and appetite, advising the 
business on risk management tools and strategies, 
and monitoring and reporting on the risk profile; and

Third Line of Defence: independent assurance 
– internal audit is accountable for independently 
assuring that the risk management framework 
is operating effectively. External audit provides 
assurance that risk management is appropriate in the 
context of their statutory and regulatory obligations. 

This structured approach to risk management is key to the 
development of our effective risk culture.

Material Risks:

Increased competitive pressures

Regulatory Risk

Deterioration in macroeconomic conditions

The Australian payments and business banking industries 
in which we operate depend heavily upon the overall level 
of consumer and business spending in Australia. A decline 
in general economic conditions or changes in certain 
macroeconomic factors (including rising unemployment, 
lack of income growth, reduced consumer confidence, 
inflation, volatility in local or global financial markets, 
economic tensions, and government intervention, 
including with respect to changes in interest rates) may 
adversely affect our financial performance by reducing 
transaction volumes and the average purchase amount of 
transactions that our merchants process.

Two of our existing core verticals (Hospitality and Retail), 
which accounted for 78.7% of our transaction value in 
FY20, are particularly exposed to discretionary spending 
in Australia. In addition, our growth plans into new 
verticals (Accommodation and Services) could also be 
impacted by adverse changes in consumer confidence 
and spending. Accordingly, any reduction in discretionary 
spending in these verticals could result in a decrease of 
our revenue and profitability.

A sustained weakening of the Australian economy could 
affect the financial performance of our merchants, 
cause a reduction in transaction volumes, and in some 
instances, lead to some merchants closing their business. 
This could materially affect demand for our products 
and services through reduced merchant numbers, 
declines in transaction volumes and reduced earnings 
on transactions. Further, higher interest rates or inflation, 
or deterioration in Australian economic conditions, 
may increase the likelihood that merchants and their 
cardholders have insufficient income to pay their debts, 
and could lead to increased lending losses in our banking 
business or an increased level of chargebacks and 
non-lending losses. Additionally, credit card issuers may 
reduce credit limits and become more selective in their 
card issuance practices, which could further constrain 
our merchants’ transaction volumes and values. Any of 
these developments could have an adverse impact on our 
business, financial performance and operations.

We operate primarily in the payments and business 
banking industries in Australia, which are highly 
competitive and subject to significant change driven 
by factors including advancements in technology, 
changing consumer behaviours, new products and 
services, evolving industry standards, regulation, and the 
changing needs of our merchants. Some of our existing 
and potential competitors possess significant market 
share and resources and could increase their competitive 
position through increased marketing activity, product 
innovation, or price discounting. 

Furthermore, large international competitors and/or global 
technology leaders, could enter the Australian payments 
and business banking industries or expand their existing 
presence. These competitors may have greater financial 
resources to apply to: R&D; sales and marketing; or 
access to a large existing Australian merchant base, which 
may enable them to expand or enter into the payments 
and business banking industries. In addition, new or 
existing competitors that are not subject to Australian 
banking regulations (e.g. non-bank lenders) may be able 
to develop and operate business models with lower 
compliance costs.

We are subject to a range of laws and regulations across 
our business and operate in an industry and alongside 
competitors that have been subject to increasing 
regulatory oversight and reform in recent years. Operating 
in an evolving regulatory environment means that 
regulatory developments may occur in the future that 
impact our business or the products that we currently 
offer, or may require us to make changes to products, 
processes or systems that have an adverse impact on our 
business or financial performance.

Merchant business performance may be affected by 
factors beyond general economic conditions, including 
changes to laws and regulations in the industries 
in which they operate (for example, laws relating to 
permitted trading hours). If such risks arise, they may 
adversely impact our business, financial performance and 
operations.

We manage regulatory risk through monitoring changes 
to legislation, regulations and/or industry codes, 
understanding and assessing the potential impacts to 
our products, services, and operations and developing 
strategies that support the implementation of any 
necessary changes for our business and our merchants.

Compliance Risk

Credit Risk

Compliance risk entails the risk of a failure to act in 
accordance with laws, regulations, industry standards and 
codes, internal policies and procedures and principles 
of good governance as applicable to the Company’s 
business. This risk includes overseeing the establishment 
and maintenance of risk-based controls to mitigate the 
risks associated with money laundering and terrorism 
financing. 

We have a dedicated compliance team who operate 
within, and oversight, set compliance policies and 
supporting documentation which are subject to regular 
review to ensure they remain current.  We have a 
compliance monitoring program in place to monitor 
adherence to policies. Our risk and controls self-
assessment process is also used to identify, evaluate and 
manage compliance risks and for developing associated 
controls.

We face lending credit risk in granting unsecured loans in 
the form of merchant cash advances to our merchants. If 
our merchants do not repay the principal and fees owing 
under their loan contract, we may experience a decrease 
in revenue, increase in expenses (including an increase in 
impairment expenses and an increase in funding costs), 
and/or decrease in operating cash flows received. As 
our loan book grows over time, this may have a material 
adverse impact on our business, financial condition and 
operating and financial performance.

There is a risk that our credit risk framework may not 
appropriately define credit assessment processes, 
eligibility criteria, risk grades or settings or effectively 
monitor portfolio risk. If our framework and policies fail 
to mitigate credit risk and losses from credit exceed 
expectations, we may experience losses that may 
adversely impact our financial performance, position and 
prospects. 

75

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Directors’  Report (cont’d) Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationCredit Risk (cont’d)

Market and Investment Risk 

Strategic Risk

8.  Sustainability

We are also exposed to credit risk from our merchant 
acquiring activities such as being liable for chargebacks, 
which may lead to losses. If schemes fail to honour the 
settlement funds for acquired transactions, we may be 
unable to honour our merchants’ settlement positions. This 
may lead to merchant dissatisfaction, loss of merchants, 
reputational damage, and adverse impacts on our 
business, financial performance and operations.

We manage credit risk through our Risk team and credit 
risk policies within the limits set by the Board and Risk 
Committee. We also obtain guarantees from the directors 
or principals of merchants.

Liquidity and Funding Risk and Capital Adequacy 
Risk

Liquidity and funding risk and capital adequacy risk is the 
risk of loss arising from the Company failing to maintain 
the level of capital required by prudential regulators 
and other key stakeholders such as shareholders and 
merchants to support Tyro’s operations, future strategies 
and risk appetite.

As a licensed Authorised Deposit-taking Institution, the 
Australian Prudential Regulation Authority requires us to 
hold a certain level of equity. Our business is currently 
loss-making and there is no certainty our organic capital 
generation will meet the future requirements of our 
business. We may not be able raise additional capital 
when required or at cost effective rates or on competitive 
terms. An inability to raise debt or equity in the future 
may impact our ability to operate or grow our business. 
This may result in regulatory scrutiny from the Australian 
Prudential Regulation Authority or adverse impacts on our 
business position, financial performance and results of 
operations.

We forecast future capital requirements and available 
capital resources to manage the business to our required 
levels of regulatory capital, target adequacy levels and 
internal capital triggers, over a forecast period. This is an 
annual exercise with the Executive Leadership Team and 
the Board, performed in conjunction with the business 
planning and budgeting process.

Market and investment risk is the risk of loss arising from 
adverse changes in interest rates, foreign exchange 
rates, equity prices, commodity prices and other relevant 
parameters, such as market volatility. Tyro’s Asset and 
Liability Committee oversees management of this risk 
within the Board set risk appetite limits. 

Operational Risk

Operational risk relates to the risk of loss resulting 
from inadequate or failed internal processes, people 
and systems, or from external events which affect our 
business. Our business is exposed to operational risks 
such as external and internal fraud, processing errors, 
system or hardware failure and failure of information 
security systems.

Loss from operational risk events could divert investment 
from new products into remediation of existing systems 
and processes, damage merchant relations or our 
reputation, adversely affect our financial results or 
position, as well as divert staff away from their core roles 
to remediation activity. In addition, losses could include 
legal or remediation costs and loss of property and/or 
information.

We have a dedicated Operational Risk team who 
provide oversight over the operational risk management 
framework which includes the following sub-categories: 
internal fraud, external fraud, employment practices and 
workplace safety, customers, products and business 
practice, damage to physical assets, business disruption 
and systems failures, and execution, delivery and process 
management.

Reputation Risk

The risk of loss that directly or indirectly impacts our 
earnings, liquidity and capital adequacy, that is caused 
by adverse perceptions of the Company held by any of 
our merchants, the community, shareholders, investors, or 
regulators.  There is also a risk to our reputation through 
the conduct of our employees or contractors (or both) or 
the social and/or environmental impacts of our business 
practices.  Our brand reputation and awareness are critical 
to maintaining and growing our merchant base and Point 
of Sale system partner network. 

We manage reputation risk by maintaining a values-driven 
culture that ensures we act with integrity and enables us 
to build trusted relationships with merchants and wider 
community.

Tyro acknowledges the importance of considering the 
impact of environmental, social and governance factors 
on the sustainability of our businesses. We further 
acknowledge that there is a requirement by institutional 
shareholders and investors to report on our sustainability 
framework, initiatives and performance.  

Although our operations are not subject to any particular 
and significant environmental regulation under any law 
of the Commonwealth of Australia or any of its states or 
territories, we still acknowledge that it is important that by 
fulfilling our mission to set businesses free to get on with 
business by simplifying payments and banking, we do so 
in such a manner that we create a sustainable future for 
all our stakeholders.  Refer to pages 31 to 53 of the Annual 
Report for further details on Sustainability

Strategic risk is the risk that Tyro’s business strategy and 
strategic objectives may lead to an increase in other 
key risks such as credit risk, capital adequacy risk or 
operational risk.

Technology Risk

Technology risk concerns our ability to deliver fast and 
easy payments solutions and access to finance for our 
merchants (and to successfully assess credit risk) and 
depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation 
of our technology platform, technology used by others 
and the internet generally. There is a risk that these 
technologies and systems may experience downtime 
or interruption from a range of issues such as system 
failures, service outages or cyber-attacks which could 
cause significant damage to our reputation (particularly if 
the failure relates to our platform), our ability to facilitate 
payments transactions, our ability to make informed 
credit decisions and assess the credit performance of 
our loan book, our ability to service merchants in a timely 
manner, and our ability to retain existing merchants and 
generate new merchants, any of which could have an 
adverse impact on our business, financial performance 
and operations.

Sustainability and Climate Change Risk

Climate change is becoming increasingly relevant to all 
businesses in Australian. The ongoing effects of climate 
change risks may impact the long-term prosperity of 
Australia’s economy, environment and society which may 
lead to adverse impacts upon our business.

We manage sustainability and climate change risk 
through our Sustainability Framework.  Refer to pages 31 
to 53 of the Annual Report for further details.  

 6. 

Dividends

No dividends were paid to shareholders or otherwise 
recommended or declared for payment during the year.

7.  Share-Based Payments

Details of share-based payments are disclosed in our 
Remuneration Report on pages 78 to 110 and in Note 12 of 
the Financial Statements.

77

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Directors’  Report (cont’d) Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationAudited 
Remuneration 
Report 

LETTER FROM CHAIR OF THE PEOPLE COMMITTEE

Dear Shareholder,

On behalf of your Board, I am pleased to present 
Tyro’s first Remuneration Report as an ASX 
listed company in a year which has proved to 
be extremely challenging for our community, 
our merchants and our team. This Report covers 
remuneration arrangements and outcomes for the 
2020 financial year, and an outline of proposed 
changes to our remuneration framework for FY21.

FY20 was a momentous year for Tyro with our 
listing on the ASX on 6 December 2019.  As part of 
the listing process, we undertook a comprehensive 
review of our remuneration structure to best 
ensure our remuneration framework and policies 
align with the targets and objectives of a growing 
business in the highly regulated Australian 
banking sector.  

Over the past six months, we have also 
actively engaged with our shareholders on our 
approach to remuneration and governance. The 
support received from shareholders during this 
engagement is encouraging and provides us with 
confidence that our remuneration framework 
meets stakeholder expectations across all levels.  

From a performance perspective, the team at Tyro 
has done an exceptional job in FY20. In the first 
half of FY20 we delivered record transaction value, 
revenue, and gross profit, all whilst undertaking 
the complex, and potentially distracting, process 
of listing Tyro on the ASX. This growth was then 
unfortunately disrupted by COVID-19 which 
resulted in the team having to quickly shift their 
focus on navigating the significant challenges 
that COVID-19 presented for our merchants and 
our business.  The resilience and strength that 
our team displayed through this period, and the 
support they continue to provide to our merchants 
in this unprecedented humanitarian and economic 
crisis clearly demonstrates why your Board has 
great confidence in Tyro’s future success. 

Many of our merchants continue to find the 
impact of COVID-19 extremely challenging 
despite all their efforts to innovate and adapt, and 
notwithstanding the various assistance packages 
on offer from the federal, state and territory 
governments, and from Tyro. When faced with 
such a challenging business environment, it is 
encouraging to see merchants who have opted 
to reinvent their way of operating to remain 
trading, with many receiving positive feedback 
from customers and increased business through 
their innovation.  The Tyro team also did not miss 
a beat during lockdown continuing to service all 
our merchants to our usual high standard, and 
providing all such assistance we possibly could 
to support our merchants experiencing hardship 
during the depths of the crisis, and being there for 
them as their businesses started to re-open as the 
lockdown restrictions were lifted. The team’s high 
performance and values-driven culture is what will 
best ensure our return to the pace of growth we 
are accustomed to delivering in order to meet our 
strategic goals.

The exceptional performance of our team also 
contributed to Tyro’s share price outperforming 
the broader ASX200 and the ASX300 (to which 
we were recently added), notwithstanding the 
challenges of the COVID-19 crisis from early March 
of this year. As at 30 June 2020, Tyro is up 27.3% 
from our listing price of $2.75 compared to the 
ASX300 which is down 12.1% for the same period. 

Tyro’s share price performance compared to the S&P/ASX300 (XKO)

SHARE PRICE @ 30 JUNE 2020

     27.3% (since listing)

MARKET CAP

     27.9% (since listing)

80

60

40

20

0

-20

-40

-60

-80

9
1
0
2
/
6
/
2
1

9
1
0
2
/
3
1
/
2
1

9
1
0
2
/
0
2
/
2
1

9
1
0
2
/
7
2
/
2
1

9
1
0
2
/
3
/
1

9
1
0
2
/
0
1
/
1

9
1
0
2
/
7
1
/
1

9
1
0
2
/
4
2
/
1

9
1
0
2
/
1
3
/
1

9
1
0
2
/
7
/
2

9
1
0
2
/
4
1
/
2

9
1
0
2
/
1
2
/
2

9
1
0
2
/
8
2
/
2

9
1
0
2
/
6
/
3

9
1
0
2
/
3
1
/
3

9
1
0
2
/
0
2
/
3

9
1
0
2
/
7
2
/
3

9
1
0
2
/
3
/
4

9
1
0
2
/
0
1
/
4

9
1
0
2
/
7
1
/
4

9
1
0
2
/
4
2
/
4

9
1
0
2
/
1
/
5

9
1
0
2
/
8
/
5

9
1
0
2
/
5
1
/
5

9
1
0
2
/
2
2
/
5

9
1
0
2
/
9
2
/
5

9
1
0
2
/
5
/
6

9
1
0
2
/
2
1
/
6

9
1
0
2
/
9
1
/
6

9
1
0
2
/
6
2
/
6

TYR.ASX

ASX300 (XKO)

The resilience and strength that our team 
displayed through this period, and the support 
they continue to provide to our merchants in 
this unprecedented humanitarian and economic 
crisis clearly demonstrates why your Board has 
great confidence in Tyro’s future success...

79

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Informationstrategy and objectives. We continue to engage 
with team members, shareholders, regulators 
and proxy advisors and remain open to exploring 
alternatives and considering potential changes to 
remuneration in the future, including considering 
the ongoing debate and potential regulatory 
changes within the financial services sector 
relating to remuneration. We are committed as a 
Board to continuously reviewing the effectiveness 
of our remuneration policies.

I look forward to presenting our remuneration 
report to you at the Tyro Annual General Meeting 
to be held on 27 October 2020.

Yours sincerely,

_____________________________

Catherine Harris AO, PSM
Chair

People Committee

Our approach to Remuneration

We recognise that an effective remuneration 
framework is essential to attracting and retaining 
top talent and the success of our business. We 
have committed to a policy of a market-related 
and a role- specific remuneration structure for 
all employees including our Key Management 
Personnel (KMP).

Our employee remuneration is comprised of 
fixed annual remuneration (being base salary, 
superannuation, and any fringe benefits), 
together with a short-term incentive (STI) plan 
for all team members and a long-term incentive 
(LTI) plan for certain nominated personnel. The 
fixed annual remuneration together with the 
STI and LTI comprise the Total Remuneration 
Opportunity (TRO) available to team members. As 
mentioned, prior to listing on 6 December 2019, 
we conducted an evaluation of our executive 
remuneration against a peer benchmark group 
based on market capitalisation and a spectrum 
of relevant companies in the financial services 
sector of the ASX index. I am pleased to report 
that our remuneration outcomes for FY20 are well 
within the benchmarks of these peer groups. 

Furthermore, key determinants in all remuneration 
decisions are based on our overall financial 
performance, customer satisfaction outcomes 
and individual performance (against individual 
key performance indicators (KPIs). To help inform 
this process, we conduct regular performance 
reviews. These reviews promote open and honest 
communication and are designed to provide the 
information we need to allocate incentives fairly, 
and to identify goals, areas for development, and 
training requirements for our team.

The Board is confident that our approach to 
remuneration drives a culture and behaviour 
amongst team members that supports our 
growing business and creates alignment with our 

TYRO’S APPROACH TO 
REMUNERATION

As a high-growth company with proprietary 
technology at our core we compete for world-
class talent in the technology sector. It is therefore 
essential to have a remuneration approach that can 
lead to the recruitment and retention of the best 
people in order to achieve our strategic objectives. 
As such, we continue to invest in our people with 
competitive reward and remuneration structures and 
a culture of ownership, collaboration and teamwork. 

The objective of remuneration at Tyro is to:

•  align reward with strategic objectives;

•  attract, motivate and retain a highly skilled team;

• 

incentivise and reward high performance that 
delivers sustainable long-term value creation and 
reflects the interests of our shareholders as the 
owners of our business to drive high growth; and

•  be transparent, easy to understand and delivers 

remuneration outcomes that meet team member 
expectations and make sense to Tyro’s team 
members and external stakeholders.

81

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information1. 

INTRODUCTION 

2.2  Remuneration Outcomes

This Report forms part of the Directors’ Report and sets out the remuneration arrangements of the Company for the year 
ended 30 June 2020 and is prepared in accordance with Section 300A of the Corporations Act.  The information has been 
audited as required by Section 308(3C) of the Corporations Act. 

The Remuneration Report details the remuneration arrangements for Tyro’s KMP. KMP are those persons having authority 
and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company, directly or indirectly, including all 
Directors. References in this Remuneration Report to Executives refers only to those Executives who are KMP, as outlined 
in section 3 below for FY20.

2.  FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE AND REMUNERATION OUTCOMES 

2.1  Financial Performance Outcomes

Transaction value up 15.1% 
to $20.1 billion

For H1 FY20, transaction value growth was up 30%, exceeding the prospectus full-year 
forecast growth of 28.6%.  However, the impact of the bush fires in January 2020 and 
COVID-19 from March 2020 on merchant trading contributed to overall full-year growth 
moderating back to 15.1%. 

Revenue up 11.0% to $210.7 
million

Our Payments business lifted revenue by 10.4% to $202.8 million (FY19: $183.7 million). 
The increase in revenue reflected the 15.1% increase in transaction value and a 10.8% 
increase in the number of merchants.

Operating expenses as 
a percentage of both 
Gross Profit and Total 
Revenue decreased in FY20 
compared to FY19 reflecting 
the increased operating 
leverage of Tyro from higher 
revenue

EBITDA loss down 49.2% to 
$4.4 million

Our Banking business revenue declined 38.1% to $1.8 million.  The decline was due 
to a fair value adjustment of negative $2.4 million recognised on our business loans, 
reflecting potential adjustments for changes in risk of our portfolio given the struggles 
our merchants are going through over the COVID-19 period. 

The operating expense margin is used as a factor to adjust the base financial 
performance pool, either up or down to ensure that transaction value growth and 
revenue growth does not materially impact the cost base of Tyro.

Tyro generated a positive EBITDA result of $1.5 million for the first half of FY20, however 
the impact of COVID-19 in the second half of FY20 resulted in lower revenues putting us 
back in an EBITDA loss position. To protect our business during COVID-19, we curtailed 
discretionary spending on marketing, travel, and certain other costs, however these 
savings were not sufficient to offset the lower revenue achieved. 

Tyro was eligible to receive payments as part of the Federal Government’s ‘JobKeeper’ 
initiative and supported by this we were able to keep our team intact.

Group remuneration

CEO and Managing 
Director

STI

LTI

Liquidity Event 
Performance Rights 
(LEPR)

Initial Public Offer 
(IPO) Bonus

Non-executive 
Director fees

No fixed annual remuneration increase will be provided to employees for FY21 until such time 
as Tyro and our merchants are operating in a more stable environment once the impacts of 
COVID-19 reduce.  There was an average increase of 2.8% across the company in FY20.  Our 
objective with fixed remuneration is to maintain a market-related remuneration position in our 
benchmark group and maintaining remuneration in the range of the 50th to 75th percentile of 
our peer benchmark groups. 

Total statutory remuneration for the CEO and Managing Director was $2,247,965 (FY19: 
$2,090,357).  Included in statutory remuneration are the following elements of the CEO and 
Managing Director’s TRO together with the accounting cost of long-term benefits and share-
based payments:
• 
• 
• 

Fixed annual remuneration of $862,176 (FY19: $850,531).
An annual travel allowance of up to $50,000 (FY19: Nil).
A Short-Term Incentive (STI) of $209,077 of which 100% is payable as Service Rights (FY19: 
$356,900 of which 100% was payable in cash and salary sacrificed to rights under the 
Remuneration Sacrifice Rights Plan). 
A Long-Term Incentive (LTI) of $556,104 (FY19: $415,000) issued as options to acquire 
shares based on the FY20 Employee Share Option Plan.

• 

All team members participated in Tyro’s STI Plan.  Excluding the CEO and Managing Director, the 
Board allocated $153,994 as a STI in the form of Service Rights to KMP (FY19: $151,413 of which 
100% was payable in cash and $123,123 was salary sacrificed to rights under the Remuneration 
Sacrifice Rights Plan). The total STI allocated across the Company to all team members in 
the form of Service Rights (excluding the CEO and Managing Director) was $2,378,125 (FY19: 
$2,553,280) of which the Executive Leadership Team was allocated $580,225 (24% of the total).

38 team members participated in Tyro’s LTI Plan.  Excluding the CEO and Managing Director, 
the Board allocated $475,982 in options under the current Option Plan to KMP.  The total LTI 
allocated across the Company (excluding the CEO and Managing Director) was $2,819,693 
(FY19: $4,462,961) of which the Executive Leadership Team was allocated $1,973,197 (70% of the 
total).

A limited number of Executives and senior leadership team members of Tyro were granted 
performance rights under the LEPR Plan between FY19 and FY20. A liquidity event was 
triggered under the Plan with the IPO that took place on 6 December 2019. The first tranche of 
the Liquidity Event Performance Rights vested and became exercisable on 6 December 2019. 
4,100,000 LEPRs were allocated under the Plan of which 1,366,668 have vested and 266,667 
have been exercised.

A bonus of $490,500 was paid to the general team of which KMP received $112,000 and the 
Executive Leadership Team received $187,000 (38% of the total) in recognition of the efforts of 
the team to prepare Tyro for the IPO and listing on ASX that took place on 6 December 2019.

Non-executive Directors received $867,711 in fees of which $786,681 was salary sacrificed 
to rights under the Remuneration Sacrifice Rights Plan.  Base Director fees were set at 
$108,000 (FY19: $90,000), an increase of 20% over FY19.  The Chairman received $180,000 
(FY19: $150,000) in fees while fees for Committee Chairs were $20,000 per Committee (FY19: 
$20,000).  Non-executive Director fees were benchmarked to our peer group during the year 
and adjusted accordingly.

Salary Sacrifice Rights 
Plan

A total of $786,6811 was salary sacrificed by Directors, Executives and other senior leadership 
team members in FY20 under the Remuneration Sacrifice Rights Plan (FY19: $1,423,317).    

1 

As noted below in Section 6.1, in respect of FY20, any STI payable to Executives and other senior leadership team members was paid in Service 
Rights and not cash, so is excluded from this figure. 

83

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
3.  KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL 

Tyro Remuneration Governance Framework

The KMP covered in this report are Tyro’s Non-executive Directors, Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director (CEO), 
Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and Chief Risk Officer (CRO).

Details of KMP, including changes made during the reporting period are provided in the table below:

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

David Thodey AO

Chairman (from 15 October 2019), Non-executive Director

Hamish Corlett

David Fite

Non-executive Director

Non-executive Director

Catherine Harris AO, PSM

Non-executive Director

Fiona Pak-Poy

Paul Rickard

Non-executive Director (from 4 September 2019)

Non-executive Director

FORMER NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Kerry Roxburgh 

EXECUTIVE KMP

Robbie Cooke

Chairman, Non-executive Director (until 15 October 2019)

CEO and Managing Director (appointed Managing Director from 18 October 
2019)  

Praveenesh (Prav) Pala

Chief Financial Officer

Angela Green

Chief Risk Officer

There have been no changes in KMP since the end of the reporting period.

4.  REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE

The People Committee consists of three Non-executive Directors, with one performing the role of Chair.  This Committee 
provides Tyro with a robust governance framework to ensure remuneration policies, practices and outcomes are 
reasonable and consistent with shareholder expectations. The diagram below provides an overview of this framework.

Board - Chaired by David Thodey 
REVIEW AND APPROVE TYRO’S REMUNERATION POLICIES AND FRAMEWORK TO ENSURE 
THAT THEY ARE ALIGNED WITH TYRO’S PURPOSE, VALUES, STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES AND RISK 
APPETITE. REVIEW AND APPROVE REMUNERATION OUTCOMES FOR SENIOR EXECUTIVES, 
OTHERS AS REQUIRED BY THE LAW AND NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS.

Board People Committee – Chaired by Catherine Harris 
The Committee assists the Board with remuneration matters by providing objective oversight and making recommendations to 
the Board in relation to:
• 
• 
• 

Tyro’s remuneration policy and frameworks;
the remuneration of the CEO and Managing Director, other senior executives and others as required by the law; and 
the process for allocating any pool of Directors fees approved by shareholders.

Composition
The people Committee is independent of management. Accordingly, the Committee consists entirely of Non-executive 
Directors, the majority of whom are independent. Where appropriate, the CEO and Managing Director and Chief People Officer 
attend Committee meetings. However, they do not participate in formal decision-making or in discussions relating to their own 
remuneration. 

DELEGATED BOARD COMMITTEE

CEO and Managing Director 
Present proposals on remuneration, 
implementing remuneration polices and other 
matters within the authority of the Committee

Remuneration Consultants 
External and independent remuneration 
advice and information to assist the 
Committee in decision making

For further details regarding the People Committee Charter, refer to our Investor Relations website at:  
www.tyro.com/about-tyro/investors/

The People Committee is responsible for advising the Board on:

•  annual allocation of the pool of fees approved by 

shareholders to Directors;

• 

the BEAR requirements around remuneration of 
accountable persons; 

•  annual remuneration of the CEO and Managing Director, 

•  executive recruitment, termination policies and 

the CEO and Managing Director’s direct reports 
and any other persons under the Banking Executive 
Accountability Regime (BEAR), amongst others;

•  performance review of the CEO and Managing 
Director, senior executives and other BEAR 
accountable persons;

•  employee equity plans;

succession planning;

• 

recruitment, reappointment and removal of Directors;

•  performance and development of Directors including 
ongoing skills assessment, professional development 
and annual evaluation of the performance of the 
Board; and 

•  strategic people initiatives, including diversity and 

• 

the monitoring of culture, including risk culture;

related disclosures, including sustainability reporting. 

Remuneration is set by the Board with the advice of People Committee and is reviewed on an annual basis. During this 
process, consideration is given to individual team member performance and the overall performance of Tyro, as well as 
prevailing market conditions. 

85

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
4.1  Remuneration Consultants

The People Committee engages independent remuneration advisors on an as-needs basis to provide information 
regarding market dynamics, trends and regulatory developments, specifically those impacting financial services 
companies. The People Committee and the Board consider this information along with other market insights to determine 
what would be the most appropriate recommendations to make for Tyro regarding remuneration.

In FY20, PwC was engaged to provide benchmarking data for Non-executive Directors and senior leadership team 
members including the CEO and Managing Director for the purposes of informing the People Committee of the 
current market positioning of KMP and senior leadership team members against Tyro’s benchmarking peers. PwC was 
paid $85,272 for the benchmarking review and the review of the existing remuneration framework’s compliance with 
BEAR.  Godfrey Remuneration Group was also engaged in FY20 relating to services for providing remuneration data 
for Executives. Godfrey Remuneration Group was paid $11,000 for these services. E&Y was engaged in FY20 to provide 
remuneration advice to the Board and was paid $6,050 for the services provided.  

The Board is satisfied that no remuneration recommendations (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001) were provided by 
PwC or any other external remuneration advisors during FY20.

5. 

APPROACH TO SETTING REMUNERATION LEVELS

Incentivise and reward high 
performance that delivers 
sustainable long-term value 
creation and reflects the interests 
of our shareholders as the owners 
of our business

Be transparent, easy to understand 
and delivers remuneration 
outcomes that meet team member 
expectations and make sense to 
Tyro’s team members and external 
stakeholders

We aim to generate strong alignment between employee and Executive reward 
and shareholder outcomes through the structure of our short-term incentive plan 
and long-term incentive plan.

It is critical that our employees and Executives have an ownership mindset that 
enhances Tyro’s long-term value and compliance regulations, rather than focusing 
on short-term gains.

It is important for our Board to have a clear and transparent remuneration 
framework that encourages shareholder confidence and allows comparisons with 
our peer companies.

It is also important that the hurdles required to be achieved under our framework 
are easy to understand. It is also critical that our team members understand, at any 
given point in time, the likelihood of vesting of options and rights and the potential 
value of remuneration attached to those awards.    

Tyro’s remuneration strategy is aligned with the Company’s purpose of setting businesses free to get on with business by 
simplifying payments and banking.  

5.1  Benchmarking analysis

The objective of remuneration at Tyro is to:

Align reward with strategic 
objectives

Our remuneration framework aligns both the-short term and long-term rewards of 
employees and Executives with Tyro’s strategic goals and core values.

Attract, motivate and retain a 
highly skilled team

Our most important competitive advantage is our people and our values driven 
approach to ‘wow’ing’ the customer. To attract and retain our talented team, 
we target remuneration at levels that ensure we can access the limited and 
competitive talent pool to drive our business forward.

Our approach to remuneration also motivates team members to drive overall 
customer satisfaction and perform well in all market conditions and economic 
cycles.

240

170

24

42

Technologists

Customer

Risk & Compliance

Corporate

In order to meet our commitment of ensuring remuneration is market-related together with attracting world-class talent, 
we adopted a benchmarking approach to setting remuneration levels for our Executives and senior leadership team.  

As a technology company with a banking licence we do not have any direct ASX-listed peers of a similar size.  As such, we 
used two comparator groups.  The first comparator group was based on the market capitalisation of ASX listed companies 
with ASX rankings within a range of 20 above and below (40 companies in total) of a median of $1.5 billion (excluding REITs 
and secondary ASX listings).    

MARKET CAPITALISATION PEER GROUP 

Market Capitalisation range:
$1.47 BILLION TO $1.19 BILLION

Market Capitalisation range:
$1.92 BILLION TO $1.51 BILLION

-1:  ARB Corporation Ltd
-2:  Blackmores Ltd
-3:  Clinuvel Pharmaceuticals Ltd
-4:  Austal Ltd
-5:  Resolute Mining Ltd
-6:  Inghams Group Ltd
-7:  Virgin Australia Holdings Ltd
-8:  Ausdrill Ltd (Perenti)
-9:  Nearmap Ltd
-10:  Freedom Foods Group Ltd
-11:  Smartgroup Corporation Ltd
-12:  Jumbo Interactive Ltd
-13:  Genworth Mortgage Insurance 
-14:  Lovisa Holdings Ltd
-15:  G8 Education Ltd
-16:  PolyNovo Ltd
-17:  Costa Group Holdings Ltd
-18:  Aveo Group
-19:  Gold Road Resources Ltd
-20:  McMillan Shakespeare Ltd

Tyro 
Payments 
Limited

+20:  IOOF Holdings Ltd
+19:  Healius Ltd
+18:  Netwealth Group Ltd
+17:  GrainCorp Limited
+16:  Super Retail Group Ltd
+15:  Bapcor Ltd
+14:  Domain Holdings Australia Ltd
+13:  Lynas Corporation Ltd
+12:  Nufarm Ltd
+11:  Perpetual Ltd
+10:  IPH Ltd
+9:  InvoCare Ltd
+8:  Webjet Ltd
+7:  Nanosonics Ltd
+6:  MFF Capital Investments Ltd
+5:  Monadelphous Group Ltd
+4:  Hutchison Tel (Australia) Ltd
+3:  WAM Capital Ltd
+2:  Bingo Industries Ltd
+1:  Credit Corp Group Ltd

87

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
5.1  Benchmarking analysis (cont’d)

The second comparator group, used to validate the primary market capitalisation peer group, was based on financial 
services companies in the ASX300, and companies in the ASX 300 Diversified Financials index, excluding those that are 
above a market capitalisation of $5.0 billion and below that of $0.5 billion (excluding REITs, insurance companies, income 
trusts and secondary ASX listings). This group consists of 31 companies against which our remuneration is benchmarked. 

FINANCIAL SERVICES PEER GROUP

20 COMPANIES BELOW TYRO

Tyro 
Payments 
Limited

11 COMPANIES ABOVE TYRO

$50 million – $1.291 billion

$1.507 billion – $4,187 billion

5.2  Setting target remuneration

Our policy is to target a total remuneration opportunity of our Executives between the 50th and 75th percentiles of both 
comparator groups acknowledging that certain roles require specialist banking and payment skills and as such may need 
to be adjusted to recognise these unique skills. 

An individual Executive’s remuneration is determined by the Board after considering:

• 

• 
• 

the benchmarking data provided by our independent remuneration advisors for each Executive role compared to 
both the market capitalisation comparator group and financial services comparator group;
individual performance, BEAR accountabilities, role complexity, and regulatory requirements specific to the role; and
industry experience and the availability of comparable talent in the domestic market.

6.  EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK

Tyro’s Executive remuneration framework is made up of three components that when combined create a Total 
Remuneration Opportunity (TRO) for Executives and senior leadership team members. 

COMPONENT 

DESCRIPTION

MEASURES

FIXED ANNUAL 
REMUNERATION (FAR)

Represents between 
47.0% to 71.5% of TRO 
depending on position.

•  Fixed cash remuneration comprises base 
salary, superannuation and any fringe 
benefits.

•  FAR is reviewed annually by the People 

Set at a level that results in Executives’ Total 
Remuneration Opportunity being positioned 
between the 50th and 75th percentiles of 
companies in our comparator groups.

Committee and adjustments approved by 
the Board.

•  FAR is payable in cash and there are no 
restrictions on timeframe before the 
remuneration is released.

Based on:
•  Benchmarking data.
•  Role, responsibilities and accountability.
•  Capability, competencies and 

• 

contribution.
Industry experience and the availability 
of comparable talent in the domestic 
market.

SHORT-TERM 
INCENTIVE PLAN (STI)

Represents between 
14.5% to 23.0% of TRO 
depending on position.

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Annual grant of either cash or rights or 
a combination of both that is variable in 
value as the share price fluctuates.

For Tyro Executives in FY20, 100% of the 
STI is issued as Service Rights.

The objective is to reward Executives 
for achievement of revenue growth and 
customer satisfaction as well as achieving 
their individual KPIs approved by the People 
Committee.

Service rights have no performance 
hurdles and will vest in equal monthly 
tranches over a 24-month period.

No holding lock is applied post vesting.

Claw-back provisions apply.  

Additionally, variable remuneration for the 
Executives that are ‘Accountable Persons’ 
under the Banking Executive Accountability 
Regime (BEAR) is subject to deferral 
requirements under the regime.

•  30% of the STI is based on individual KPIs.
•  10% of the STI is based on achieving a 

specified customer satisfaction measure.

•  60% of the STI is based on achieving a 

minimum hurdle of revenue growth over 
the prior financial year.

LONG-TERM 
INCENTIVE PLAN (LTI)

Represents between 
14.5% to 30.0% of TRO 
depending on position.

Market value options granted annually to 
reward Executives for the achievement 
of long-term strategic objectives that 
contribute to shareholder wealth creation, 
and encourages long-term decision making.

The Options are subject to performance 
hurdles.

For FY20 Options, to qualify for exercise 
both of the following hurdles must be 
satisfied:

Features:
•  The number of Options to be issued are 
determined by reference to a fair value 
calculation of Options conducted by an 
independent external consultant.
•  The Options vest annually in equal 

tranches of 25% commencing 24 months 
after the grant date, subject to meeting 
the performance hurdles.

•  The Options expire seven years from 

grant date.

•  The resultant shares remain subject to 
a holding lock for 24 months post the 
actual exercise date.

•  Subject to claw-back in accordance with 

BEAR deferral requirements.

• 

• 

A 20% compounded Gross Revenue 
growth rate per annum.

A positive Net Profit result (before tax 
and share-based expenses).

If a tranche does not satisfy both 
performance hurdles on the relevant 
testing date, the tranche will rollover to 
the next testing date and must satisfy the 
performance criteria for that tranche. 

If the performance hurdles are not satisfied 
by the fourth testing date the options 
cannot be retested and are forfeited on their 
expiry date or earlier cessation date of the 
employee, under the plan rules.

89

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
SUMMARY OF TOTAL REMUNERATION OPPORTUNITY FOR CEO/MD AND EXECUTIVES

100%

80%

60%

40%

Long-term 
Incentive (LTI) 
– Subject to 
Performance 
Conditions 

25% Vesting  
– resultant shares 
subject to 24 
month holding lock

25% Vesting  
– resultant shares 
subject to 24 
month holding lock

25% Vesting  
– resultant shares 
subject to 24 
month holding lock

25% Vesting  
– resultant shares 
subject to 24 
month holding lock

Short-term 
Incentive (STI)  

Vests equally monthly over a 
24-month period

20%

Fixed 
Remuneration 
(including super) 

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

Year 6

14.5% - 30.0% 
of TRO in a 
LTI payable 
as an equity 
instrument

14.5% - 23.0%  
of TRO in a STI 
of 100% payable 
in eauity

47.0% - 71.5% 
of TRO in 
Fixed Annual 
Remuneration

Remuneration Sacrifice Rights Plan

Employees and Directors may also participate in the 
Remuneration Sacrifice Rights Plan, following invitation by 
the Board.  Historically only Directors and members of the 
senior leadership team have been invited to participate in 
the Remuneration Sacrifice Rights Plan.  Under the plan, 
the Board invites participants to apply for Remuneration 
Sacrifice Rights by sacrificing a percentage of their 
pre-tax short-term incentive (or pre-tax fees in the case 
of Directors) in exchange for rights that automatically 
convert into shares. The participation in the Remuneration 
Sacrifice Rights Plan does not change the Total 
Remuneration Opportunity of any individual employee.

No payment is required to be made on conversion 
of these rights and issued rights are not subject 
to performance or employment related hurdles or 
conditions. The shares issued on conversion of the 
Remuneration Sacrifice Rights will be restricted for a 
period following the date of the grant of the rights.

Shares resulting from conversion of Remuneration 
Sacrifice Rights may be subject to trading restrictions 
(as nominated by the relevant Director or employee) 
but otherwise rank equally with other shares, and 
Shareholders are entitled to the same dividend and voting 
rights as ordinary shares, as specified in our Constitution.

An invitation to participate in the Remuneration Sacrifice 
Rights Plan may specify a trading restriction, which is a 
period during which the shares issued on conversion of 
Remuneration Sacrifice Rights cannot be transferred, 
sold, encumbered or otherwise dealt with. The minimum 
trading restriction period is one year from the date of 
grant of the rights, with a maximum trading restriction 
period being 15 years for the date of the grant of the 
rights.  Subject to these minimum and maximum trading 
restrictions, the trading restriction applicable to individual 
Remuneration Sacrifice Rights is nominated by the 
relevant Director or employee.  The trading restriction 
period will be lifted on the earlier of the date in the 
invitation letter, or the date the participant ceases to be 
an employee, or the Director ceases to hold that role.

Below follows a detailed description of each component 
of at-risk remuneration for FY20 and planned changes for 
FY21. 

6.1  Short-term incentive plan applicable to FY20

The STI Plan for FY20 is designed to reward for the achievement of annual goals set in line with the Tyro’s strategy and 
reflecting key growth drivers of the business to deliver returns for shareholders.  The Plan provides the STI framework for 
the CEO and Managing Director, Executives and other senior leadership team members and employees of the Company. 
The CEO and Managing Director has a maximum STI potential of 50% of FAR.  Excluding the CEO and Managing Director, 
a maximum STI potential of between 15% and 40% of the Executives FAR is available as an STI.  All other employees are 
allocated a potential target incentive amount of between 5% and 10% of FAR.

Grant of an STI is at the discretion of the Board and is assessed following the conclusion of the relevant financial year. 
Whether an STI is granted will depend on satisfaction of various criteria, including individual performance against key 
performance indicators, customer satisfaction outcomes and Company financial performance outcomes (see below), as 
determined by the Board. 

Gross Profit Measure

x

Cost Control Measure

=

Financial Performance Pool

H
T
W
O
R
G
T

I
F
O
R
P

S
S
O
R
G

40% to 45% and above growth  
- Pool formed 6.7% contribution 

35% to 40% growth  
- Pool formed 5.6% contribution

30% to 35% agrowth  
- Pool formed 4.5% contribution

25% to 30% growth  
- Pool formed 3.4% contribution

20% to 25% growth  
- Pool formed 2.2% contribution

15% to 20% growth  
- Pool formed 1.1% contribution

0% to 14.99% growth  
- No Financial Incentive  
pool formed

FYI Gross Profit  
$83.3 million

Margin 
Adjustment Factor 
(either upwards or 
downwards) - Operating 
Expense control 

Financial 
Performance 
Incentive Pool 
created

91

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
 
6.1  Short-term incentive plan applicable to FY20 (cont’d)

Analysis of qualifying criteria for FY20:

COMPONENT 

DESCRIPTION

OUTCOME FOR FY20

•  Gross Profit growth for FY20 

amounted to 12.3%.

•  No STI bonus pool was created as 
gross profit growth fell under the 
minimum hurdle of 15%. 

Financial performance

60% of the STI target 
maximum potential is 
allocated to Financial 
performance.

•  An STI bonus pool is created if Gross Profit 
for FY20 exceeds the Gross Profit for FY19 
by 15% or more.

•  The bonus pool is calculated as a 

percentage of Gross Profit with bands in 
operation from 1.1% of Gross Profit to a 
maximum of 6.7% of Gross Profit stepped 
per 5% incremental growth over the 
minimum growth of 15%.

•  The STI bonus pool is adjusted (either up 
or down) by a Margin Adjustment Factor 
calculated by expressing the prior year 
Expense Margin over the current year 
Expense Margin.

Customer Satisfaction

•  The Customer Satisfaction bonus pool 

•  NPS score of 43 achieved at 30 

10% of the STI target 
potential is allocated to 
achieving a set Customer 
Satisfaction rating. 

• 

is based on achieving a pre-defined Net 
Promotor Score (NPS) of 37 set by the 
People Committee at the start of the 
financial year.
Incremental step-up of the bonus pool takes 
place as the NPS score increases above the 
minimum score set up to a maximum of 43 
and above.  

Individual KPI 
achievement

30% of the STI target 
maximum potential is 
allocated to individuals 
achieving their 
respective KPIs.

•  A STI bonus pool based on individual KPIs 
is calculated as 30% of the STI target 
maximum potential

•  KPIs are set at the start of the financial year.
•  KPI bonus pool adjusted down for the actual 
KPI outcomes achieved in performance 
reviews undertaken at the end of the 
financial year.

June 2020.

•  Customer Satisfaction bonus pool 

of $1.2 million created.

•  Based on the actual team member 

KPI scores.

•  A KPI bonus pool of $1.4 million was 

created.

For FY20, all STIs were paid as Service Rights. Service Rights, once granted, will have no performance hurdles and will 
vest in equal monthly tranches over 24-months with no holding lock. In FY19, all STIs were paid as cash with Executives 
and other senior leadership team members given the option to salary sacrifice the STI into rights under the Remuneration 
Sacrifice Rights Plan (see above).

The key terms of the Service Rights relating to the FY20 STI are set out below.

TERM

DESCRIPTION

Administration

The plan is administered by the Board (or the Board’s delegate).

Eligibility

Full-time and part-time employees of the Company are eligible to receive awards under 
the STI Plan. The Board will select eligible employees to whom awards are to be granted 
from time to time.

Effective date

2 September 2020

Grant date

Price

Expiry

The date specified as the grant date in each participant’s offer document.

The volume weighted average price (VWAP) of Tyro shares traded in the 10 trading days 
commencing on the day following the day of announcement of Tyro’s FY20 full year 
result.

Service rights issued under the plan will lapse 10 years after the date on which the 
relevant right vests.

Vesting dates

Vesting takes place in equal monthly tranches over a 24-months.

Vesting condition

The holder of the rights must be employed by us or provide services to us as a contractor 
or consultant on the date of vesting.

Exercise

Rights

Following satisfaction of the vesting condition on each vesting date, the relevant number 
of Service Rights may be exercised at nil consideration

Each service right granted entitles the holder to one Share on exercise. Shares resulting 
from an exercise of Service Rights rank equally with other Shares, and Shareholders are 
entitled to the same dividend and voting rights specified in our Constitution.

Holding lock period

None.

Amendments

Other terms

The Board may amend the terms of the plan without consent of the participants if the 
amendment does not reduce the rights of the participants.

The rules of the plan include other terms relating to the administration, transfer, 
termination and variation of the plan.

6.2  Long-term incentive plan applicable to FY20

Historically, share-based compensation benefits have been granted under the Employee Share Option Plan, adopted by 
the Company in October 2016. The Employee Share Option Plan was established to grant options over Shares to Directors 
and all eligible employees of the Company.

The LTI Plan for FY20 is designed to reward for the achievement of long-term targets that generate strong alignment 
between Executives and shareholders, and encourage decision making for long-term shareholder wealth creation.  
The Plan provides the LTI framework for the CEO and Managing Director, Executives and other senior leadership team 
members and nominated employees of the Company. The CEO and Managing Director has a maximum LTI potential 
of 64.5% of FAR.  Excluding the CEO and Managing Director, a maximum LTI potential of between 15% and 40% of the 
Executives FAR is available as an LTI.  All other nominated employees are allocated a potential target incentive amount 
generally between 10% and 20% of FAR.

Following listing on the ASX on 6 December 2019, no further Options will be granted under this Employee Share Option 
Plan with the grant of options in FY20 being the last grant under this Plan.

93

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information6.2  Long-term incentive plan applicable to FY20 (cont’d)

Analysis of qualifying criteria for FY20:

COMPONENT 

DESCRIPTION

OUTCOME FOR TESTING OF HURDLES

Financial performance

100% of the LTI incentive 
is allocated to financial 
performance.

Market value options granted annually to 
reward Executives for the achievement 
of long-term strategic objectives that 
contribute to shareholder wealth creation, 
and encourages long-term decision 
making.

The options are subject to performance 
hurdles.  To qualify for exercise both of the 
following hurdles must be satisfied:

• 

• 

A 20% compounded Gross Revenue 
growth rate per annum (FY19 plan: 
25% per annum).

A positive net profit result (before tax 
and share-based expenses).

If a tranche does not satisfy both 
performance hurdles on the relevant 
testing date, the tranche will be retested at 
the next testing date (if any).

If the performance hurdle(s) are not 
satisfied at the testing date for the fourth 
tranche, any unvested options are forfeited 
on the expiry date or earlier cessation date 
of the employee, under the plan rules.

FY20 Plan:

• 

• 

• 

Compounded Gross Revenue growth 
rate of 11% achieved (1 July 2019 to 30 
June 2020).

Net Loss before tax, share-based 
payments and IPO costs of $17.4 
million achieved.

The first tranche of the FY20 LTI Plan 
is not due to vest until 1 October 2021, 
with performance hurdles to be tested 
as at 30 June 2021 in respect of the 
period from 1 July 2019 to 30 June 
2021.

FY19 Plan:
•  Compounded Gross Revenue growth 
rate of 19% achieved (1 July 2018 – 30 
June 2020).

•  Net Loss before tax, share-based 

payments and IPO costs of $17.4 million 
achieved in FY20 and $16.5 million in 
FY19.

•  The first tranche of the FY19 LTI Plan 
is not due to be tested against the 
performance hurdles until 1 May 2021 
(with performance hurdles to be tested 
as at 30 June 2020 in respect of the 
period from 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2020.  

A similar option plan was in place for FY19, with the only difference being a Compounded Gross Revenue hurdle of 25% 
and the performance testing dates and periods being one year earlier.  All other terms and conditions are consistent with 
the FY20 Employee Share Option Plan.  

The key terms of the Employee Share Option Plan are set out in the table below.

TERM

DESCRIPTION

Administration

The plan is administered by the Board.

Eligibility

Conditions

Eligible participants are Directors, Executives, Senior Leadership Team members as well 
as other nominated employees of the Company.

Options granted in respect of FY20 must satisfy two performance hurdles to qualify for 
exercise:
• 
• 

20% compound Gross Revenue growth per annum (FY19 plan – 25%); and 
a positive Net Profit result (before tax and share-based expenses).

If a tranche does not satisfy both performance criteria on the relevant testing date, the 
tranche will be retested at the next testing date (if any).

Effective date of the 
Employee Share Option 
Plan Rules

14 October 2016

Grant date

1 October 2019

Exercise price

$1.79 per Option (FY19 plan - $1.50)

Vesting 

Expiry

Forfeiture

Rights

FY20 Options vest in equal tranches of 25%, commencing 24 months after the grant date.

30 September 2026.

FY20 Options are subject to forfeiture prior to vesting and thereafter – any Shares issued 
will be subject to forfeiture for a nominated period sufficient to satisfy the BEAR deferral 
requirements.

Each FY20 Option entitles the Option holder to one Share. Shares issued on exercise of 
FY20 Options rank equally with other Shares, and Shareholders are entitled to the same 
dividend and voting rights specified in our Constitution.

Minimum holding period 
and holding lock 

FY20 Options must be held for a minimum period of three years from the date of the 
grant or until the holder ceases employment with us in accordance with the rules of the 
Employee Share Option Plan. 

Shares issued on exercise are additionally subject to a holding lock for 24 months from 
the date the FY20 Option is exercised.

95

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information6.3  Long-term incentive plan applicable from FY21

Tyro intends implementing a new LTI Plan for FY21. No grants under the new LTI Plan have been made up to the date of 
this report. 

The new LTI Plan will be open to the CEO and Managing Director, the Executive Leadership Team (XLT) and other 
nominated employees of Tyro and will be fulfilled via an issuance of performance rights rather than options. This approach 
removes the inherent subjectivity arising in relation to options both with respect to fixing an appropriate exercise price 
and in relation to the valuation methodology applied in determining the number of instruments to be issued.  

The number of performance rights to be issued for each participant will be determined by reference to:

• 

• 

the volume weighted average price (VWAP) of Tyro shares traded in the 10 trading days commencing on the day 
following the day nominated by the Board; and 

each participant’s prescribed LTI entitlement that falls within the participant’s TRO as approved under the 
Remuneration Framework. For FY21, the maximum LTI potential will be 64.5% of the CEO and Managing Director’s 
FAR, and for the Executive Leadership Team a maximum LTI potential of between 15% to 40% of the XLTs FAR.  All 
other nominated employees will be allocated a maximum LTI potential of between 7.5% to 20% of FAR.

The performance rights will vest subject to passing a ‘Gateway’ and then satisfying a prescribed ‘Performance Hurdle’, 
and will vest in one tranche 3 years following the effective date of the Plan (Vesting Date). 

The ‘Gateway’ that must be passed prior to testing the performance hurdle is defined as Tyro reporting a positive EBITDA1 
(before share-based payments) result for the financial year immediately preceding the Vesting Date.  If the ‘Gateway’ is 
passed, the number of Performance Rights that qualify for exercise will depend on the vesting percentage determined by 
reference Tyro’s compound gross profit growth rate during the vesting period.  

The compound gross profit growth rates for the vesting period are yet to be determined.

Performance rights will be subject to forfeiture prior to vesting (malus) and any shares issued after the vesting date 
will be subject to forfeiture for a 2 year period following expiry of the holding lock sufficient to satisfy BEAR clawback 
requirements (clawback).

The remaining key terms of the new LTI Plan are set out in the table below.

TERM

DESCRIPTION

Administration

The plan is administered by the Board.

Eligibility

Conditions

Eligible participants are Directors, Executive Leadership Team members as well as other 
nominated employees of the Company.

Performance rights granted in respect of the new FY21 LTI Plan must satisfy passing 
a Gateway and then the Performance Hurdle to qualify for exercise.  Refer to the 
explanation of the Gateway and Performance Hurdle provided on the previous page.

Effective date

The date specified as the effective date in each participant’s offer document.

Grant date

The date of the instrument of grant.

Exercise price

Nil

Vesting 

Forfeiture

Rights

Subject to passing the ‘Gateway’ and satisfying the Performance Hurdle, the 
Performance Rights vest in one tranche 3 years following the Effective Date. 

The new FY21 LTI performance rights are subject to forfeiture prior to vesting and 
thereafter any shares issued will be subject to clawback for up to a further 2 year period 
following the expiry of the ‘Holding Lock’ (ie. awards can be forfeited up to 6 years from 
the grant date.

Each FY21 LTI performance right entitles the rights holder to one Share. Shares issued on 
exercise of FY21 LTI performance rights rank equally with other Shares, and Shareholders 
are entitled to the same dividend and voting rights specified in our Constitution.

Minimum holding period 
and holding lock 

Shares issued on exercise are subject to a holding lock for 12 months post the actual 
exercise date.

1 

Tyro uses EBITDA as a non-IFRS measure of business performance, which excludes the non-cash impact of share-based payments expense 
and expenses associated with the IPO

97

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
6.4  Liquidity Event Performance Rights 

A limited number of Executives and senior leadership team members of Tyro were granted performance rights under the 
Liquidity Event Performance Rights (LEPR) Plan between FY19 and FY20. A liquidity event was triggered under the Plan 
with the IPO that took place on 6 December 2019. The first tranche of the Liquidity Event Performance Rights vested and 
became exercisable on 6 December 2019.  4,100,000 LEPRs were allocated under the Plan of which 1,366,668 have vested 
and 266,667 have been exercised at the date of this report.

Key terms of the LEPR Plan are set out in the table below.

TERM

DESCRIPTION

Administration

The plan is administered by the Board.

Eligibility

Board determined.

Effective date of LEPR 
Plan Rules

Grant date

Price

Vesting dates

9 May 2019 to 6 August 2019 (LEPR Plan Rules attached to individual grant letters)

9 May 2019 to 6 August 2019

Liquidity Event Performance Rights granted under the plan are issued for nil 
consideration.

Vesting will occur in three equal tranches, as follows:
•  one third on the date of the liquidity event (Initial Vesting Date);
•  one third on the date that is 12 months after the Initial Vesting Date; and
•  one third on the date that is 24 months after the Initial Vesting Date.

The Board may resolve that any unvested Liquidity Event Performance Rights cease to 
vest for the duration of any unpaid leave of absence.

A liquidity event includes the IPO that took place on 6 December 2019. The first 
tranche of the Liquidity Event Performance Rights vested and became exercisable on 6 
December 2019.

Vesting condition

The holder of the rights must be employed by us or provide services to us as a contractor 
or consultant on the date of vesting.

Expiry

Exercise

Rights

Liquidity Event Performance Rights issued under the plan will lapse 10 years after the 
date on which the relevant Liquidity Event Performance Right vests.

Following satisfaction of the vesting condition on each vesting date, the relevant number 
of Liquidity Event Performance Rights may be exercised at nil consideration.

Each Liquidity Event Performance Right granted entitles the holder to one Share on 
exercise.

Shares resulting from an exercise of Liquidity Event Performance Rights rank equally 
with other Shares, and Shareholders are entitled to the same dividend and voting rights 
specified in our Constitution.

Minimum holding period 
and holding lock 

A holder must not dispose of any Share issued, allotted or transferred on exercise of a 
Liquidity Event Performance Right from the date that is 12 months from the date of issue, 
allotment or transfer.

The Board may amend the terms of the Plan without consent of the participants if the amendment does not reduce the 
rights of the participants.

7.  SECURITIES TRADING POLICY AND HEDGING

Tyro has a Securities Trading Policy which aims to ensure that all employees understand their obligations in relation to 
insider trading, describes restrictions on buying and selling Tyro securities by Directors, Executives, the senior leadership 
team, employees and each of their closely connected persons and when approvals need to be sought. Under the 
Securities Trading Policy, Tyro prohibits all KMP and certain other employees from entering into arrangements which have 
the effect of limiting the economic risk related to an unvested share, option or other security granted or awarded under a 
Tyro employee incentive scheme, including those still subject to disposal restrictions.

All KMP and certain other employees are also restricted from entering into margin loans in respect to Tyro’s securities, 
unless they have received prior written approval in accordance with the Securities Trading Policy. No hedging or margin 
loans were entered into by KMP during FY20 and to the date of this report.

The Securities Trading Policy can be found on the Corporate Governance page in the Investors section of the Company’s 
website at: https://www.tyro.com/about-tyro/investors. 

8. 

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION FOR FY20

8.1  Contracts of employment

The employment conditions of the KMP (excluding Non-executive Directors) are provided in the table below.  All KMP are 
employed under contracts of no fixed duration.

NAME

CONTRACT TERM

NOTICE PERIOD

TERMINATION PAYMENT

Robbie Cooke

No fixed duration

6 months

Prav Pala

No fixed duration

6 months

Angela Green

No fixed duration

6 months

Combination of notice and payment in lieu, totalling no 
less than 6 months

Combination of notice and payment in lieu, totalling no 
less than 6 months

Combination of notice and payment in lieu, totalling no 
less than 6 months

In the event of serious misconduct, Tyro may terminate employment at any time without notice or a termination payment 
being made.  Any options or rights not vested before the date of termination will lapse.

Robbie Cooke is subject to a post-employment restraint period of 12 months, and Prav Pala and Angela Green are subject 
to a post-employment restraint period of 6 months, subject to all usual legal requirements.

99

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information8.  EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION FOR FY20 (cont’d)

8.2  CEO and Managing Director Remuneration

Robbie Cooke entered into an employment agreement with the Company to govern his employment as CEO and 
Managing Director of Tyro. The CEO’s FY20 remuneration is comprised of the following elements (before the accounting 
cost of long-term benefits and share-based payments): 

• 

• 

• 

• 

a base salary and superannuation of $862,176 per annum;

an allowance claimable up to $50,000 annually for reimbursement of personal travel expenses between Brisbane and 
Sydney;

a discretionary annual STI bonus of up to 50% of his base salary based on the performance of the Company and his 
achievement of key performance indicators. The award and payment of the STI is at the discretion of the Board. In 
respect of FY20, the target maximum STI is $431,088; and

participation in our LTI Plan to a value equal to 64.5% of his base salary. In respect of FY20, the value of the LTI 
granted to Robbie is $556,104.

In addition to the LTI Option Plan, Robbie may participate in the Remuneration Sacrifice Rights Plan in respect of any 
annual STI granted in cash. Details of options and rights held by Robbie are set out in section 10 of this report.

8.2.1  Key Performance Indicators

The Board sets the Key Performance Indicators for Robbie’s FY20 STI incentive in 2019 in line with Tyro’s five-year 
strategy and Prospectus targets. The KPIs comprise the financial incentive and the operational incentive as outlined in the 
performance review below.

8.2.2 Performance review

Robbie’s performance was assessed according to the KPIs within the context of the overall performance of Tyro and 
the senior leadership team in FY20. In summary, Robbie’s short-term incentive structure comprises the following 
components:

• 

• 

• 

Financial Performance Incentive  

Target 30% of FAR

Individual KPI Incentive  

Maximum 15% of FAR

Customer Satisfaction Incentive  

Target 5% of FAR

The first and largest consideration was the financial performance of Tyro for FY20 which leads to the financial incentive 
outcome.  This carried a 60% weighting of maximum STI and was determined from year-on-year Gross Profit growth (refer 
to section 6.1 for more details on how this is calculated). No Financial Performance Incentive was paid in relation to FY20.

The second consideration is the incentive based on the achievement of specified individual KPIs.  This carried a 30% 
weighting of maximum STI.  

The third consideration is the Customer Satisfaction Incentive, which carried a 10% weighting of maximum STI. The 
Customer Satisfaction bonus pool was based on achieving a pre-defined Net Promotor Score (NPS) of 37 (as set by the 
People Committee at the start of the financial year). This bonus pool is subject to an incremental step-up as the NPS 
score increases above the minimum score, up to a maximum of 43 and above.

Assessment of Robbie’s individual KPIs for FY20 are were determined by the People Committee according to the 
following table:

KPIS

Liquidity Event:
• 
•  Coordinate and run the process 

Initiate investigation of liquidity event 

Execute in a way to minimise management distraction and retain focus on business 
performance.

Future Growth Opportunities

Executive Team Depth:
•  Review capabilities 
•  Build team strengths

Strategy: 
•  Deliver new strategic plan 

•  Drive performance to plan

Living the Tyro Values: 
•  WOW the Customer 
•  Be GOOD 
•  Commit to GREATNESS 
•  Stay HUNGRY 

8.2.3 STI incentive 

WEIGHTING %

40.0%

15.0%

7.5%

25.0%

12.5%

In accordance with the outcome of the Financial Performance Incentive, the Customer Satisfaction incentive and 
assessment of the Executive KMPs annual KPIs set by the Board at the start of the year, the Board determined the 
Executive KMP FY20 STI incentive to be as follows.

ROBBIE COOKE

PRAV PALA

ANGELA GREEN

WEIGHTING 
%

TARGET          

$

RESULT        
$

RESULT         
%

TARGET          

$

RESULT        
$

RESULT         
%

TARGET          
$

RESULT        
$

RESULT         
%

60.0% 258,653

-

0.0% 103,305

-

0.0% 84,007

-

0.0%

10.0%

43,109

86,217

20.0%

17,218

34,435

20.0%

14,001

28,002

20.0%

30.0%

129,326

122,860

28.5%

51,653

51,653

30.0% 42,004

39,904

28.5%

ITEM

Financial 
performance

Customer 
Satisfaction 
performance

Individual KPI 
performance

Total

100.0% 431,088 209,077

48.5%

172,176

86,088 50.0% 140,012

67,906 48.5%

In relation to FY20, the Board determined to pay 100% of the Executive KMPs STI in the form of Service Rights rather than 
the typical cash (80%) and Service Rights (20%) allocation. These Service Rights have no performance hurdles and will 
vest in equal monthly tranches over a 24-month period. The rights will be awarded in September 2020 and in the case of 
the CEO and Managing Director, are subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in October 2020.

8.2.4  Annual remuneration increase for FY21

No fixed annual remuneration increase will be provided to Robbie for FY21 until such time as Tyro and our merchants are 
operating in a more stable environment once the impacts of COVID-19 reduce. The People Committee will continue to 
evaluate this position through FY21 and determine an increase at an appropriate time.

101

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
8.  EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION FOR FY20 (cont’d)

8.3  Executive statutory remuneration for FY20

The following table provides the statutory remuneration outcomes for Executive KMP for FY20 and FY19 and is prepared 
in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards. The statutory remuneration outcomes disclosed in this table differs 
from the Executive KMPs’ FY20 Total Remuneration Opportunity and the elements of the remuneration framework 
outlined in section 6.  Differences arise mainly due to the accounting treatment of long-term benefits (which include 
annual leave and long service leave) and share-based payments (Performance Rights, LEPRs, Remuneration Sacrifice 
Rights and Option Plans). Disclosures include an accounting value for current year Rights and all unvested Option Plan 
awards. 

The Accounting Standards require remuneration in the form of equity awards to be expensed (and therefore included as 
remuneration) over the performance period of the Option Plan even though an Executive may not realise any benefit from 
that award. 

Statutory Executive KMP Remuneration table

EXECUTIVE  
KMP

CASH 
SALARY

SUPER- 
ANNUATION

SHORT-TERM

NON- 
MONETARY 
BENEFITS

CASH STI 
INCENTIVE

IPO  
BONUS

LONG- 
SERVICE  
LEAVE

$

$

$

Robbie Cooke

844,023

21,003

50,0001

830,000

25,271

FY20

FY19

Prav Pala

$

-

-

$

-

-

$

-

-

LONG-TERM

OPTIONS

RIGHTS2

TOTAL

PERFORMANCE 
BASED EQUITY 
COMPONENT

$

$

$

%

641,056

691,8833

2,247,965

392,525

842,261

2,090,057

-

-

-

-

-

28,290

-

10,000

-

-

-

-

-

102,000

24,384

186,071

383,8964

1,129,919

-

-

-

80,964

241,310

766,960

55,295

266,5095

732,220

1,718

53,908

88,170

59.3%

59.1%

50.4%

42.0%

43.9%

63.1%

FY20

409,436

24,132

FY19

383,562

32,834

Angela Green

379,413

21,003

30,833

1,711

FY20

FY19

Total

FY20

1,632,872

66,138

50,000

112,000

24,384

882,422 1,342,288

4,110,104

FY19

1,244,395

59,816

-

28,290

-

-

475,207

1,137,479

2,945,187

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Non-monetary benefits for Robbie Cooke relate to an allowance claimable up to $50,000 annually for reimbursement of personal travel 
expenses between Brisbane and Sydney

Rights relate to the Remuneration Sacrifice Rights Plan, the LEPR Plan and the Service Rights awarded in FY20 under the STI Plan. These 
rights are classified as long-term due to the terms of each respective Plan.      

Included in the accounting cost of Rights awarded to Robbie Cooke, is an amount of $156,809 relating to the FY20 STI Incentive of $209,077 
awarded to Robbie Cooke in FY20. This accounting cost represents 75% of the total Incentive with the remaining 25% to be expensed in FY21.   

Included in the accounting cost of Rights awarded to Prav Pala, is an amount of $64,566 relating to the FY20 STI Incentive of $86,088 
awarded to Prav Pala in FY20. This accounting cost represents 75% of the total Incentive with the remaining 25% to be expensed in FY21.

Included in the accounting cost of Rights awarded to Angela Green, is an amount of $50,929 relating to the FY20 STI Incentive of $67,906 
awarded to Angela Green in FY20. This accounting cost represents 75% of the total Incentive with the remaining 25% to be expensed in FY21.    

9.  NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION

Non-executive Directors receive a base fee, and where applicable, an additional fee in recognition of the higher workload 
and extra responsibilities resulting from Board Committee participation.  Fees are based on peer market benchmarks and 
reviewed annually.

Non-executive Directors do not receive incentive payments, and following Tyro’s listing on the ASX on 6 December 2019, 
they are no longer entitled to participate in any Tyro employee or Executive equity plans other than the Remuneration 
Sacrifice Rights Plan.  They receive no non-monetary benefits and do not participate in any retirement benefit scheme, 
other than statutory superannuation contributions.

Under the ASX Listing Rules, the total amount or value of remuneration paid to Non-executive Directors in any year may 
not exceed the amount approved by Shareholders at the Company’s general meeting. This amount has been fixed at 
$1,400,000 per annum, as approved by Shareholders at Tyro’s 2019 Annual General Meeting.  

As at the date of this report, the Non-executive Director base fee agreed to be paid by us is $108,000 per annum before 
superannuation contributions. Non-executive Directors are also paid additional base fees for the following roles:

• 

• 

Chair of the Board: $72,000 per annum (for total remuneration of $180,000 per annum); and

Chair of a Board Committee: $20,000 per Committee Chair (for total remuneration of $128,000 per annum), not 
payable if the Committee Chair is also the Board Chair.

Other than the Chair of a Board Committee, Non-executive Directors are not paid an additional fee for being a member 
of a Board Committee. In addition to the remuneration above, the Company will contribute statutory superannuation to a 
complying superannuation fund.

Remuneration is reviewed annually and any increase to it will be at the discretion of the Board but will not exceed the 
aggregate amount approved by Shareholders.

The table below outlines the statutory remuneration paid to Non-executive Directors in FY20 in accordance with 
Australian Accounting Standards.

NON-EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR

FINANCIAL 
YEAR

CASH FEES

SUPER-
ANNUATION

David Thodey

Kerry Roxburgh

Hamish Corlett

David Fite

Catherine Harris

Fiona Pak-Poy

Paul Rickard

Total

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

$

-

$

-

OPTIONS

RIGHTS

$

$

TOTAL

$

14,272

197,525

211,797 

45,000

4,275

8,026

-

57,301

-

-

-

-

-

-

27,067

65,611

92,678 

20,353

164,250

184,603

9,048

134,261

143,309 

18,398

1,748

2,950

-

23,096

-

-

18,414

134,261

152,675 

90,000

8,550

15,846

-

114,396

-

-

18,977

159,125

178,102 

22,000

2,090

13,550

96,360

134,000

-

-

-

-

9,137

110,352

119,489 

-

-

-

71,333

6,777

21,065

91,993

191,168 

-

-

14,554

142,349

156,903

71,333

6,777

117,980

893,128

1,089,218

175,398

16,663

75,279

402,959

670,299 

PERFORMANCE 
BASED EQUITY 
COMPONENT

%

6.7%

14.0%

29.2%

11.0%

6.3%

12.8%

12.1%

13.9%

10.7%

10.1%

7.6%

-

11.0%

9.3%

103

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information10.  SUMMARY OF OPTIONS AND RIGHTS UNDER ISSUE

Rights held by Executive and Non-executive KMP

10.1  Rights 

Unissued ordinary shares in Tyro held under the Liquidity Event Performance Rights Plan and the Remuneration Sacrifice 
Rights Plan at the date of this report are shown in the table below:

NAME

Non-Executive KMP:

David Thodey

AWARD TYPE

GRANT DATE

EXPIRY DATE

Remuneration sacrifice rights in respect 
of FY18 Executive STI

18 Apr 2019

Remuneration sacrifice rights in respect 
of FY19 Director Fees

5 Sep 2018

Remuneration sacrifice rights in respect 
of FY19 Executive STI

16 Oct 2019

Remuneration sacrifice rights in respect 
of FY20 Director Fees

16 Oct 2019

Liquidity Event Performance Rights

9 May to 6 
Aug 2019

1 

10 years after relevant vesting date

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

1

EXERCISE 
PRICE

% VESTED % EXERCISED

n/a

100.0%

100.0%

n/a

100.0%

100.0%

n/a

100.0%

100.0%

NUMBER 
HELD AS 
RIGHTS

Nil

Nil

Nil

n/a

100.0%

6.2%

552,607

n/a

33.3%

6.5% 3,833,333

BALANCE AT 
START OF YEAR

GRANTED AS 

COMPENSATION EXERCISED FORFEITED

BALANCE AT 
END OF YEAR

VESTED AND 
EXERCISABLE

UNVESTED

FY20

FY19

-

-

131,905

-

-

-

-

-

Kerry Roxburgh

FY20

159,776

149,431 (203,590)

(105,617)1

FY19

Hamish Corlett

FY20

David Fite

FY19

FY20

FY19

-

-

-

-

-

159,776

89,658

-

89,658

-

-

-

-

-

-

Catherine Harris

FY20

93,735

106,262

(93,735)

Fiona Pak-Poy

FY19

FY20

FY19

-

-

-

93,735

73,692

-

-

-

-

Paul Rickard

FY20

138,472

61,432 (138,472)

FY19

-

138,472

-

Executive KMP:

Robbie Cooke

FY20

1,306,604

270,583

(377,187)

FY19

-

1,306,604

-

Prav Pala

FY20

500,000

85,792 (252,459)

FY19

-

500,000

-

Angela Green

FY20

300,000

7,553 (107,553)

FY19

-

300,000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

131,905

131,905

-

-

-

-

159,776

159,776

89,658

89,658

-

-

89,658

89,658

-

-

106,262

106,262

93,735

93,735

73,692

73,692

-

-

61,432

61,432

138,472

138,472

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,200,000

400,000

800,000

1,306,604

106,604

1,200,000

333,333

500,000

200,000

300,000

-

-

-

-

333,333

500,000

200,000

300,000

1 

Remuneration Sacrifice Rights in respect of FY20 Director Fees lapsed per the terms of the Remuneration Sacrifice Rights Plan, in respect of the 
period from 16 October 2019 to 30 June 2020, following the retirement of Kerry Roxburgh as Chairman of the Board on 15 October 2019.

105

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information10.  SUMMARY OF OPTIONS AND RIGHTS UNDER ISSUE (cont’d)

Options held by Executive and Non-executive KMP

NAME

Non-Executive KMP:

BALANCE AT 
START OF YEAR

GRANTED AS 

COMPENSATION EXERCISED FORFEITED

BALANCE AT 
END OF YEAR

VESTED AND 
EXERCISABLE

UNVESTED

Details of Rights vested, exercised and forfeited in the year are included in the table below.

AWARD TYPE

GRANT DATE

VESTING DATE

VESTED %

EXERCISED
 (NUMBER)

FORFEITED
 (NUMBER)

Remuneration sacrifice rights in 
respect of FY18 Executive STI

Remuneration sacrifice rights in 
respect of FY19 Director Fees

Remuneration sacrifice rights in 
respect of FY19 Executive STI

Remuneration sacrifice rights in 
respect of FY20 Director Fees

18 Apr 2019

1 Jul 2019

100.0%

106,604

5 Sep 2018

1 Jul 2019

100.0%

391,983

16 Oct 2019

7 Apr 2020

100.0%

773,579

Nil

Nil

Nil

16 Oct 2019

1 Jul 2020

100.0%

43,814

105,617

Liquidity Event Performance Rights

9 May to 6 Aug 
2019 

1

33.3%

266,667

Nil

1 

Vesting will occur in three equal tranches, as follows: one third on the date of the liquidity event (Initial Vesting Date); one third on the date 
that is 12 months after the Initial Vesting Date; and one third on the date that is 24 months after the Initial Vesting Date. 

10.2 Options 

AWARD TYPE

GRANT DATE

EXPIRY DATE

EXERCISE PRICE

NUMBER HELD AS 
OPTIONS

Options exercisable between $0.375 
to $1.76 expiring between 17 October 
2020 and 22 July 2024

Options exercisable at Nil expiring 
between 30 December 2024 and 25 
June 2025

Options exercisable at Nil expiring on 
31 August 2025

Between  
18 Oct 2013  
to 19 Dec 2018

31 Dec 2018  
to 26 Jun 2019

Between  
17 Oct 2020  
to 22 Jul 2024

Between  
30 Dec 2024  
and 25 Jun 2025

$0.375 to $1.76

19,513,517

Nil

2,161,090

Options exercisable at $1.50 expiring 
on 30 April 2026

1 May and 6 Aug 
2019

30 Apr 2026

$1.50

6,154,423

Options exercisable at $1.79 expiring 
on 30 September 2026

Options exercisable at $0.08 expiring 
on 17 December 2020

1 Oct 2019

30 Sep 2026

$1.79

7,740,124

17 Dec 2010

17 Dec 2020

$0.08

2,625,000

1 Sep 2019

31 Aug 2025

Nil

1,409,282

Angela Green

Unissued ordinary shares in Tyro held under Option plans at the date of this report are shown in the table below:

Paul Rickard

FY20

253,940

David Thodey

FY20

FY19

82,286

-

-

82,286

-

-

Kerry Roxburgh

FY20

346,861

- (133,268)

FY19

212,032

134,829

Hamish Corlett

FY20

68,000

-

FY19

-

68,000

David Fite

FY20

2,919,318

-

FY19

2,837,032

82,286

Catherine Harris

FY20

164,626

-

FY19

67,140

97,486

Fiona Pak-Poy

FY20

FY19

-

-

83,000

-

-

FY19

141,354

112,586

Executive KMP:

Robbie Cooke

FY20

3,766,945

1,737,585

FY19

-

3,766,945

Prav Pala

FY20

1,474,909

558,830

FY19

768,800

706,109

FY20

FY19

-

-

454,437

39,607

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

82,286

82,286

2,857

79,429

-

82,286

213,593

39,151

174,442

346,861

141,546

205,315

68,000

68,000

-

-

68,000

68,000

2,919,318

2,795,991

123,327

2,919,318

2,766,546

152,772

164,626

40,722

123,904

164,626

24,451

140,175

83,000

-

-

-

83,000

-

253,940

114,936

139,004

253,940

94,364

159,576

5,504,530

864,068

4,640,462

3,766,945

454,545

3,312,400

2,033,739

625,624

1,408,115

1,474,909

499,846

975,063

494,044

39,607

-

-

494,044

39,607

107

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information10.  SUMMARY OF OPTIONS AND RIGHTS UNDER ISSUE (cont’d)

Details of all current Options vested, exercised and forfeited are included in the table below.

AWARD TYPE

GRANT DATE

VESTING DATE

VESTED % EXERCISED FORFEITED

Options exercisable between  
$0.375 to $1.76 expiring between  
17 October 2020 and 22 July 2024

Options exercisable at Nil expiring 
between 30 December 2024 and  
25 June 2025

Options exercisable at Nil expiring on 
31 August 2025

Between 18 Oct 
2013 to 19 Dec 
2018

31 Dec 2018 to 1 
Apr 2019

Monthly linear

74%

11%

3%

Annual linear

20%

4%

2%

1 Sep 2019

Annual linear

0%

0%

7%

Options exercisable at $1.50 expiring 
on 30 April 2026

1 May 2019

Options exercisable at $1.79 expiring 
on 30 September 2026

1 Oct 2019

Annually over 4 tranches 
based on performance 
conditions

Annually over 4 tranches 
based on performance 
conditions

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

1%

Options exercisable at $0.08 expiring 
on 17 December 2020

17 Dec 2010

Fully vested on grant

100%

0%

0%

This section sets out the required statutory disclosures of equity grants for Tyro’s KMP.

NUMBER OF 
OPTIONS/
RIGHTS 
GRANTED

VESTING DATE

EXERCISE 
PRICE

VALUE OF 
OPTIONS/
RIGHTS AT 
GRANT DATE

VESTED %

VESTED
 (NUMBER) 

FORFEITED/
LAPSED %

EXECU-
TIVE KMP GRANT DATE

Robbie Cooke

VALUE OF 
OPTIONS/
RIGHTS 
EXERCISED 
DURING THE 
REPORTING 
PERIOD

19 Dec 2018

1,818,180

1

$1.76

$475,159

43.3%

787,878

Nil

-

18 Apr 2019

106,604 18 Apr 2019

Nil

$109,589

100.0%

106,604

Nil

$109,589

1 May 2019

1,567,813

26 Jun 2019

1,200,000

26 Jun 2019

380,952

1 Oct 2019

1,737,585

2

3

4

5

$1.50

$488,235

-

-

Nil $1,320,000

33.3%

400,000

Nil

$419,047

20.0%

76,190

$1.79

$816,231

-

-

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

-

-

-

-

16 Oct 2019

270,583 16 Oct 2019

Nil

$356,900

100.0%

270,583

Nil $356,900

Prav Pala

10 Oct 2014

211,268

6 Oct 2015

166,129

2 Nov 2016

141,403

1 Feb 2018

250,000

31 Dec 2018

71,428

1 May 2019

634,681

9 May 2019

500,000

1 Oct 2019

558,830

1

1

1

1

4

2

3

5

$0.45

$31,211 

100.0%

211,268

$0.60

 $26,479 

100.0%

166,129

$1.49

 $39,580 

80.0%

113,119

$1.76

 $59,492 

48.3%

120,823

Nil

$74,999

20.0%

14,285

$1.50

$197,647

-

-

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

-

-

-

-

-

-

Nil

$550,000

33.3%

166,667

Nil

$183,333

$1.79

$262,510

-

-

Nil

Nil

-

$113,160

16 Oct 2019

85,792 16 Oct 2019

Nil

$113,160

100.0%

85,792

Angela Green

6 Aug 2019

300,000

6 Aug 2019

39,607

1 Oct 2019

454,437

3

2

5

16 Oct 2019

7,553 16 Oct 2019

Nil

$9,963

100.0%

7,553

Nil

$330,000

33.3%

100,000

Nil

$110,000

$1.50

$12,334

$1.79

$213,472

-

-

-

-

Nil

Nil

Nil

-

-

$9,963

1 
2 

3 

4 

5 

Options granted vest monthly in equal tranches over a period of 5 years and are not subject to any performance conditions.
Options granted vest annually in equal 25% tranches over a period of four years, commencing 24 months after the grant date and subject to 
the following performance conditions: (i) 25% compound gross revenue growth per annum; and (ii) a positive net profit result (before tax and 
share-based expenses). If a tranche does not satisfy both performance criteria on the relevant testing date, the tranche will be retested at the 
next testing date (if any).
Vesting will occur in three equal tranches, as follows: one third on the date of the liquidity event (Initial Vesting Date); one third on the date 
that is 12 months after the Initial Vesting Date; and one third on the date that is 24 months after the Initial Vesting Date.
Options granted vest annually in equal 20% tranches over a period of five years, commencing 12 months after the grant date and are not 
subject to any performance conditions.
Options granted vest annually in equal 25% tranches over a period of four years, commencing 24 months after the grant date and subject to 
the following performance conditions: (i) 20% compound gross revenue growth per annum; and (ii) a positive net profit result (before tax and 
share-based expenses). If a tranche does not satisfy both performance criteria on the relevant testing date, the tranche will be retested at the 
next testing date (if any).

109

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
 
11.  SUMMARY OF SHARES HELD BY EXECUTIVE AND NON-EXECUTIVE KMP

The number of ordinary shares held in Tyro for FY20 by each KMP, including their personally related parties, is set out below. 

NAME

BALANCE AT START OF 
YEAR

RECEIVED DURING THE 
YEAR ON EXERCISE OF 
OPTIONS/RIGHTS

OTHER CHANGES DURING 
THE YEAR

BALANCE AT END OF YEAR

Non-Executive KMP:

David Thodey

FY20

FY19

Hamish Corlett1

FY20

David  Fite

FY19

FY20

FY19

Catherine Harris

FY20

Fiona Pak-Poy

Paul Rickard

Executive KMP:

Robbie Cooke

Prav Pala

Angela Green

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

750,000

-

932,444

932,444

20,547,995

20,547,995

425,000

425,000

-

-

2,144,824

2,144,824

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

93,735

-

-

-

138,472

-

377,187

-

252,459

-

107,553

-

109,091

750,000

181,819

-

859,091

750,000

1,114,263

932,444

(2,000,000)

18,547,995

-

20,547,995

109,091

-

32,728

-

36,364

-

114,749

-

20,203

-

3,637

-

627,826

425,000

32,728

-

2,319,660

2,144,824

491,936

-

272,662

-

111,190

-

1  Shares indicated in the table are beneficially held by Hamish Corlett. Hamish Corlett also has a relevant interest in TDM Growth 

Partners Pty Ltd who have a total interest in Tyro of 68,017,538 ordinary shares. 

12. LOANS AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS

No loans have been granted to any KMP.  There were no transactions during the reporting period involving an equity 
instrument to KMP or related parties, other than those disclosed in the Remuneration Report. 

Directors’  
Report (cont’d) 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (cont’d)

9.  Additional Information 

Indemnities and Insurance 

Clause 54 of the Company’s Constitution provides that 
every person who is or has been a Director or Secretary of 
the Company must be indemnified by the Company, to 
the extent permitted by law, against: 

• 

• 

liabilities incurred by the person as an officer of the 
Company; and  

for legal costs incurred by the person in defending 
any proceedings which relate to a liability incurred by 
that person as an officer of the Company.

The Company has executed Deeds of Indemnity, 
Insurance and Access, consistent with this Clause, in 
favour of all current Directors of the Company, the 
current and former Secretaries of the Company who are 
each named in this Directors’ Report and the Company’s 
current Chief Financial Officer. The Company has also 
entered into equivalent Deeds of Indemnity with former 
Directors and Secretaries of the Company, in accordance 
with the Company’s previous Constitution.  Each Deed 
indemnifies those persons for the full amount of all such 
liabilities including costs and expenses, subject to their 
terms.

The Company indemnified Tyro SaleCo Limited (a special 
purpose vehicle incorporated to facilitate the sale of 
existing shares in the Company held by shareholders 
wishing to sell shares into Tyro’s initial public offering) 
and the directors (who are Directors of the Company) and 
company secretary (who is an employee of the Company) 
of Tyro SaleCo Limited, to the maximum extent permitted 
by law, for any loss that they may incur as a consequence 
of Tyro’s initial public offering, subject to the terms of that 
Deed of Indemnity.

For the year ended 30 June 2020, no amounts have been 
paid pursuant to indemnities (FY19: Nil).

The Company’s Constitution also allows the Company to 
pay insurance premiums for contracts insuring the current 
and former Directors and Secretaries of the Company in 
relation to any such liabilities and legal costs.

During or since the end of the financial year, the Company 
has paid the premium in respect of contracts insuring 
each of the Directors and the Secretary named in this 
Directors’ Report, the former Directors, and the officers of 
the Company as permitted by the Corporations Act. The 
class of officers insured by the policy includes all officers 
of the Company. The terms of the contracts of insurance 
prohibit the disclosure of the nature of the liabilities 
insured against and the amount of the premium. As at the 
date of this report, no amounts have been claimed or paid 
in respect of these insurance contracts other than the 
premium referred to above.

To the extent permitted by law, the Company has agreed 
to indemnify its auditors, Ernst & Young, as part of the 
terms of its audit engagement agreement against 
claims by third parties and resulting liabilities, losses, 
damages, costs and expenses arising from the audit (for 
an unspecified amount). This indemnity does not extend 
to matters finally determined to have arisen from Ernst & 
Young’s negligent, wrongful or willful acts or omissions.

Proceedings on Behalf of the Company 

No person has applied to the Court under section 237 of 
the Corporations Act 2001 for leave to bring proceedings 
on behalf of the Company, or to intervene in any 
proceedings to which the Company is a party, for the 
purpose of taking responsibility on behalf of the Company 
for all or part of those proceedings. 

No proceedings have been brought or intervened in on 
behalf of the Company with leave of the Court under 
section 237 of the Corporations Act. 

Non-audit Services 

Tyro may decide to employ its auditor on assignments 
additional to their statutory audit duties where the 
auditor’s expertise and experience with the Company is 
important.

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance 
with the advice received from the Audit Committee, is 
satisfied that the provision of the non-audit services is 
compatible with the general standard of independence 
for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001. 

111

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Remuneration  Report (cont’d) Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationDirectors’  
Report (cont’d) 

9.  Additional Information (cont’d) 

Rounding of Amounts 

The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-
audit services by the auditor, as set out below, did not 
compromise the auditor independence requirements of 
the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons:

• 

• 

all non-audit services have been reviewed by the 
Audit Committee to ensure they do not impact the 
impartiality and objectivity of the auditor; and

none of the services undermine the general principles 
relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 
110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants, 
including reviewing or auditing the auditor’s own 
work, acting in a management or a decision making 
capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for 
the Company or jointly sharing economic risk and 
rewards. 

The non-audit services paid to the auditors (Ernst & 
Young) was for tax compliance services amounting 
to $55,000 and services relating to the IPO process 
amounting to $223,000. Details of the audit and non-
audit fees paid or payable for services provided by the 
auditors (Ernst & Young) are detailed in Note 22 of the 
Financial Report.

Auditor’s Independence 

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as 
required under section 307C of the Corporations Act is set 
out on page 113 and forms part of the Directors’ Report for 
the financial year ended 30 June 2020. 

The Company is of a kind referred to in Legislative 
Instrument 2016/191, issued by the Australian Securities 
and Investments Commission, relating to the ‘rounding 
off’ of amounts in the Directors’ Report. Amounts in the 
Directors’ Report have been rounded off in accordance 
with that Legislative Instrument to the nearest thousand 
dollars, or in certain cases, to the nearest dollar. 

DIRECTORS’ RESOLUTION 

This Directors’ Report is made in accordance with a 
resolution of the Directors. 

__________________________________

David Thodey AO 
Chair

__________________________________

Robbie Cooke 
CEO | Managing Director 

Sydney, 18 August 2020

Auditor’s Independence 
Declaration

Ernst & Young 
200 George Street 
Sydney  NSW  2000 Australia 
GPO Box 2646 Sydney  NSW  2001 

Tel: +61 2 9248 5555 
Fax: +61 2 9248 5959 
ey.com/au 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration to the Directors of Tyro Payments 
Limited 

As lead auditor for the audit of the financial report of Tyro Payments Limited for the financial year 
ended 30 June 2020, I declare to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been: 

a)  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in 

relation to the audit; and   

b)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

Ernst & Young 

Michael Byrne 
Partner 
18 August 2020 

Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020

113

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial 
Report

Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020

115

CONTENTS

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY  

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

2. REVENUE AND EXPENSES 

3. SEGMENT REPORTING 

4. INCOME TAX 

5. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

6. DUE FROM OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS 

7. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 

8. LOANS 

9. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS  

10. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

11. INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

12. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS 

13. DEPOSITS 

14. TRADE PAYABLES AND OTHER LIABILITIES 

15. CURRENT PROVISIONS 

16. NON-CURRENT PROVISIONS  

17. CONTRIBUTED EQUITY AND RESERVES 

18. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND PROCESSES 

19. COMMITMENTS  

20. LEASES 

21. EARNINGS PER SHARE 

22. AUDITOR’S REMUNERATION  

23. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES 

24. MATTERS SUBSEQUENT TO THE END OF FINANCIAL YEAR 

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 

118

118

119

120

121

122

122

131

132

133

135

135

136

136

136

137

 138

139

142

142

143

143

144

145

152

153

154

155

155

157

158

159

117

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Statements

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

Fees and terminal rental income

Interest income on loans

Fair value (loss)/gain on loans

Interest income on cash and deposits

Interest income on assets at FVOCI

Sale of terminal accessories

Other revenue and income

Revenue 

Interchange, integration and support fees

Interest expense on deposits

Terminal accessories

Total direct expenses

Gross profit

Employee benefits expense (excl. share-based payments)

Share-based payments expense

Administrative expenses

Contractor and consulting expenses

Marketing expenses

Depreciation and amortisation

Lending and non-lending losses

Net lease interest expense

Initial Public Offering (IPO) expenses (2)

Total operating expenses

Loss before tax expense

Income tax benefit

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive (loss) / income

FVOCI reserve – net revaluation (loss)/gain, net of tax

Total comprehensive loss for the year

NOTE

2

2

2

2

2

10, 11, 20

2

4

20201 
$000

201,770

4,179

(2,361)

991

791

1,056

4,249

210,675

(115,722)

(516)

(962)

(117,200)

93,475

(67,662)

(10,896)

(16,598)

(5,913)

(5,716)

(12,524)

(1,958)

(535)

(9,730)

(131,532)

(38,057)

-

(38,057)

(96)

(38,153)

2019 
$000

182,787

2,912

26

1,298

1,035

898

814

189,770

(105,489)

(276)

(745)

(106,510)

83,260

(60,813)

(3,788)

(17,775)

(7,715)

(4,771)

(7,864)

(797)

-

-

(103,523)

(20,263)

1,824

(18,439)

42

(18,397)

The above Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

(1)  

(2)  

The current year results reflect the adoption of AASB 16 Leases (AASB 16). The Company has not restated prior periods as permitted by AASB 16. Refer to Note 
1 for details on the impact of the initial adoption.

IPO costs were $15,990,000 of which $9,730,000 have been expensed in the Statement of Comprehensive Income and $5,006,000 (after recognised tax) have 
been netted off against equity as disclosed in Note 17. 

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

NOTE

2020 
$000

2019 
$000

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Due from other financial institutions

Trade and other receivables

Loans

Prepayments

Net investment in sublease

Inventories

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Loans

Financial investments

Property, plant and equipment

Right of use assets

Intangible assets

Net investment in sublease

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Deposits

Trade payables and other liabilities

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

NET ASSETS

EQUITY

Contributed equity

Reserves

Accumulated losses

TOTAL EQUITY

5

6

7

8

20

8

9

10

20

11

20

4

13

14

20

15

20

16

17

17

17

103,761

18,429

15,172

9,840

2,223

823

60

150,308

2,081

69,761

17,266

4,528

5,367

544

13,984

113,531

263,839

50,542

10,332

4,672

4,347

69,893

2,811

1,416

4,227

74,120

189,719

265,763

28,477

(104,521)

189,719

The above Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

23,900

7,910

27,762

14,924

1,943

-

60

76,499

741

37,159

18,734

-

2,503

-

13,028

72,165

148,664

26,918

23,518

-

4,113

54,549

-

1,046

1,046

55,595

93,069

141,856 

17,492

(66,279)

93,069

119

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationFinancial Statements

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

Cash flows from operating activities

Fees and terminal rental income received

Interchange, integration and support fees paid

Interest received

Interest paid

Other income received

Payments to employees and suppliers and IPO costs:

Personnel expenses paid 

Terminals purchased

Other operating expenses and IPO costs paid

Movement in net schemes and other receivables

Movement in customer loans

Movement in deposits

Net cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Movement in term deposit investments

Purchases

Proceeds on maturity 

Movement in financial investments

Purchases

Proceeds

Movement in equity investments

Purchases

Proceeds

Purchase of property, plant and equipment (exc. terminals)

Payments for recognised intangible assets

Payments received from sublease

Net cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from issues of shares (net of transaction costs) 

Proceeds from exercise of share options 

Payments for lease liabilities

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

NOTE

2020 
$000

2019 
$000

202,499 

(115,986) 

 6,035 

(487) 

 4,264 

(70,263) 

(7,176) 

183,137

(105,743)

5,386

(258)

          1,572 

(59,899) 

(8,103)

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020 – ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY HOLDERS OF TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED

CONTRIBUT-
ED EQUITY
$000

FVOCI RE-
SERVE
 $000

NOTE

SHARE-
BASED 
PAYMENTS 
RESERVE
         $000

ACCU-
MULATED 
LOSSES
$000

OPTION 
PREMIUM 
RESERVE
$000

GENERAL 
RESERVE 
FOR CREDIT 
LOSSES
$000

TOTAL
      $000

At 1 July 2018

Adjustment from initial adoption of AASB 9

141,258

-

855

(798)

11,687

(48,514)

-

1,328

Adjusted balance at 1 July 2018  

141,258

57

11,687

(47,186)

167

-

167

1,264

106,717

-

530

1,264

107,247

Loss for the year 

          - 

          - 

           - 

(18,439) 

           - 

           - 

(18,439) 

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Option premium reserve

           - 

        - 

42 

              - 

           - 

             - 

           - 

      42 

42 

               - 

(18,439) 

             - 

           - 

(18,397) 

-

-

-

-

(167)

-

           598 

           - 

     - 

              - 

             - 

           - 

(167)

598 

(43,477) 

              (29,901) 

Issue of share capital – from options and 
rights exercised

Share-based payments

                 - 

     - 

    3,788 

           - 

            - 

            - 

3,788

Transfer to general reserve for credit losses

                 - 

       - 

          - 

(654) 

            - 

      654 

         - 

At 30 June 2019

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Issue of share capital – from IPO(1)

Issue of share capital – from options and 
rights exercised

Share-based payments

Transfer to general reserve for credit losses

141,856 

99

     15,475

(66,279) 

- 

1,918 

93,069 

-

-

-

119,994

3,913

-

-

-

(96)

(96)

-

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

-

10,896

(38,057)

-

(38,057)

-

-

-

-

(185)

26,371

(104,521)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(38,057)

(96)

(38,153)

119,994

3,913

10,896

185

-

2,103

189,719

At 30 June 2020

17

265,763

The above Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

(1) 

Net of related capital raising after-tax costs of $5,006,000.

 8,867 

 294 

 23,624 

8,194 

(10,033) 

- 

(42,211) 

 12,967 

(3,498) 

- 

(1,663) 

(3,082) 

405 

(47,115) 

 119,994 

 3,913 

(4,815) 

 119,092 

 80,171

(310) 

 23,900 

103,761

(7,416)

(8,061)

15,355

(13,931) 

-

10,037

(3,500)

5,691

-

-

(1,045) 

(2,518)

-

8,665 

-

598

-

   598 

(4,668)

4

        28,564 

     23,900 

5

17

5

The above Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

121

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
                  
  
     
Notes to the Financial Statements

1. STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The significant policies which have been adopted in the preparation of this financial report are set out below.

The financial report of Tyro Payments Limited (the Company) was authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Directors 
on 18 August 2020.

The Company is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX), registered and domiciled in Australia. The nature of the operations 
and principal activities of the Company are described in the Directors’ report.

(a) Basis of preparation

The financial report is a general purpose financial report, which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards, and other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting 
Standards Board and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and Interpretations as issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (IASB). The financial report has also been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for loans and financial investments 
which have been measured at fair value.

Similar categories of income and expenses have been grouped together. Prior year comparative information for these amounts, where 
necessary, has been reclassified to achieve consistency in disclosure with current financial year amounts and other disclosures.

The financial report is presented in Australian dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars, under the option 
available to the Company under ASIC Corporations Instrument 2016/191, unless otherwise stated.

(b) Going concern

The Company had net current assets of $80.4 million as at 30 June 2020 (2019: $22.0 million).

The Directors consider the Company is able to pay its debts as and when they fall due, and therefore the Company is able to continue 
as a going concern.

(c) New accounting standards and interpretations 

(i) Changes in accounting policies 

The accounting policies are consistent with those applied in the previous financial year except for:

AASB 16 Leases 

On 1 July 2019, the Company adopted AASB 16 Leases. The primary change from the adoption of the new standard is the application 
of lessee’s accounting principles. Under AASB 16, the lessee is required to recognise a lease on the balance sheet. This involves 
recognising a right-of-use (ROU) asset and related lease liability, being the present value of future (minimum) lease payments.  

The Company elected to use the exemptions proposed by the standard on lease contracts where the lease terms ends within 12 
months as of the date of initial application, and lease contracts for which the underlying asset is of low value.  

Right-of-use assets 

The Company recognises ROU assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e. the date the underlying asset is available for use). 
ROU assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement 
of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial direct costs incurred, and 
lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Unless the Company is reasonably 
certain to obtain ownership of the leased asset at the end of the lease term, the recognised right-of-use assets are depreciated on a 
straight-line basis over the shorter of its estimated useful life and the lease term.

Lease liabilities 

At the commencement date of the lease, the Company recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value of minimum lease 
payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) 
less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid 
under residual value guarantees. The variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as expense in 
the period on which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs. In calculating the present value of lease payments, the 
Company uses the incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date if the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily 
determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and 
reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, 
a change in the lease term, a change in the in-substance fixed lease payments or a change in the assessment to purchase the 
underlying asset.

Lease liabilities (cont’d) 

Following a detailed assessment of the requirements of the standard, the Company recognised the impact of AASB 16 adoption at 
transition date using the modified retrospective approach and did not restate comparative information as permitted by the standard. 
In summary, the impact of AASB 16 adoption is as follows:

Impact on the balance sheet (increase/(decrease)) as at 1 July 2019: 

Assets

Right-of-use assets (1)

Liabilities

Lease liabilities

Deferred rent incentive

Net impact on equity

AMOUNT IN $’000

9,091

11,533

(2,442)

-

(1)  

From 1 July 2019, a portion of the ROU assets relating to the head lease has been subleased by the Company. The Company derecognised the related 
carrying amount of the ROU asset that it transfers to the sublessee and recognised net investment in the sublease. Any difference is recognised in the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

After the adoption of AASB 16, the Company’s statement of comprehensive income will change with interest expense recognised on 
the lease liability, depreciation recognised on the ROU asset and removal of administration expenses relating to the previous operating 
lease expense.  

Several other amendments and interpretations apply for the first time in 2020, but do not have an impact on the financial statements 
of the Company. The Company has not early adopted any standards, interpretations, or amendments that have been issued but are not 
yet effective.

(ii) Accounting standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective

Interpretations and amendments to existing standards that are not yet effective are not expected to result in significant changes to the 
Company’s accounting policies. 

(d) Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions

In applying the Company’s accounting policies, Management continually evaluates judgements, estimates and assumptions based 
on experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that may have an impact on the Company. All judgements, 
estimates and assumptions made are believed to be reasonable based on the most current set of circumstances available to 
Management. Actual results may differ from judgements, estimates and assumptions. Significant judgements, estimates and 
assumptions made by Management in the preparation of these financial statements are outlined as follows:

Share-based payments transactions - The Company recognises the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees (including 
Key Management Personnel) and other stakeholders by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date on which 
they are granted. The fair value is determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, with the assumptions detailed in Note 
12. The options are expensed using a linear probability of vesting approach.

Classification and valuation of investments - The Company classifies its investments in equity securities and floating rate notes 
as Financial Investments – at FVOCI, with movements in fair value recognised directly in equity. The fair value of listed shares has 
been determined by reference to published price quotations in an active market. Where no active market exists for a particular asset, 
the Company uses a valuation technique to arrive at the fair value. The Company prioritises the use of observable market inputs 
in valuation of level 3 fair valued investments and considers all reasonable sources of alternative information when incorporating 
unobservable inputs. Further details are as disclosed in the footnotes.  

Valuation of loans - The Company classifies and measures its loans at fair value, with movements in fair value recognised directly 
in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. The fair value of loans has been estimated using a valuation technique that converts 
forecasted cash flows to a present value amount (discounted cash flow method). The forecasted cash flows are actuarially 
determined using predictive models based partly on evidenced historical performance and expected repayment profiles including 
an adjustment for loans to customers impacted by COVID-19. Inputs into the valuation model are detailed in the footnotes.

123

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information1. STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

(d) Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions (cont’d)

Capitalisation of internally generated software - An intangible asset arising from development expenditure on an internal project is 
recognised by the Company only when the following can be demonstrated: 

the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale; 
• 
• 
its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset; 
•  how the asset will generate probable future economic benefits; 
•  availability of resources to complete the development; and 
• 

the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development. 

The Company commences amortising internally generated software projects from the point the asset is ready for use.

Estimation of useful lives of assets - The estimation of the useful lives of assets has been primarily based on historical experience. 
In addition, the condition of the assets is assessed at least once per year and considered against their remaining useful lives. 
Adjustments to useful lives are made when considered necessary. Depreciation charges for property, plant and equipment are 
included in the footnotes for amortisation of intangible assets with finite useful lives. In assessing whether the useful life of an 
intangible asset is finite or indefinite, Management use judgement in determining the period over which expected future benefits 
will be generated, also factoring in the market that the Company operates in and the longer term strategy for the Company. An 
impairment assessment is conducted and reviewed by Management at least annually as to whether indicators of impairment such as 
technical obsolescence exist.

Long service leave - Entitlements that arise in respect of non-current long service leave have been measured at their present values 
of expected future payments. Long service leave is calculated based on assumptions and estimates of when employees will take 
leave and the prevailing wage rates at the time the leave will be taken. Long service leave liability also requires a prediction of the 
number of employees that will achieve entitlement to long service leave.

Taxation - Provisions for taxation require significant judgement with respect to outcomes that are uncertain. The Company has 
estimated its tax provisions based on expected outcomes after taking into account the implications of COVID-19 on the current 
financial year’s results and the uncertainty it brings to certain variables in the Company’s forecasts. Deferred tax assets are 
recognised for deductible temporary differences and carried forward tax losses as Management considers that it is probable that 
future taxable profits will be available to utilise those temporary differences. In forming their view, Management considers the 
probability of forecast future taxable income and performs stress testing on expected budgets to assess the likelihood of deferred 
tax assets being utilised. Management does not recognise deferred tax assets where utilisation is not considered probable. An 
assessment of research and development (R&D) activities and associated expenditure that is considered claimable, is conducted and 
reviewed by Management at least annually as part of the annual R&D tax incentive application. An assessment of the continuity of 
ownership test (and where applicable, the same business test) is also performed to support the recognition of any carried forward tax 
losses and R&D credits. 

Initial Public Offering (IPO) Costs - During the year ended 30 June 2020, the Company undertook an IPO to list on the ASX. Costs 
incurred that are directly attributable and incremental to the issuance of new equity (net of tax) have been recognised in equity as 
an offset to the value of capital raised. The Company exercised judgement in determining an allocation methodology (between 
equity and expense) for costs which relate to both the issuance of new equity and other activities. The Company’s methodology was 
determined with reference to the number of new shares issued in raising capital, and the nature and purpose of services rendered in 
incurring costs. All other costs were taken directly to Statement of Comprehensive Income during the period. 

The Company’s fee income from contracts with customers is derived primarily from the following sources:

•  Merchant service fee income is generated from merchant customers for credit, debit and charge card acquiring services. Fees 

are charged to merchants depending on the type of transaction being performed based on a percentage of transaction value or 
on a fixed amount per transaction. Fees related to payment transactions are recognised at the time transactions are processed. 
Related interchange fee, which is collected from merchants and paid to credit institutions is recognised as an expense instead 
of netting-off against merchant service fee income in the Statement of Comprehensive Income;

•  Revenue from processing Medicare Easyclaim generated from merchants is based on a fixed fee per transaction and is 

recognised when transactions are processed; and

•  Revenue from Dynamic Currency Conversion transactions generated from merchants is calculated based on the individual value 

of the transactions and is recognised once the transaction has been processed.

Terminal rental income generated from operating leases with merchants is recognised progressively based on a fixed monthly rental on 
terminal. There is no minimum rental period for merchants. 

Interest income is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income in accordance with AASB 9 using a method that 
approximates the effective interest method. The effective interest method measures the amortised cost of a financial asset and 
allocates the interest income over the relevant period using the effective interest which is the rate that exactly discounts estimated 
future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to the net carrying amount of the financial asset.

(f) Jobkeeper

The Government announced a temporary wage subsidy program of $1,500 before tax per eligible employee in March 2020 to support 
businesses affected by COVID-19. This subsidy is initially offered over a six month period from 30 March 2020 until 27 September 2020. 
The employer entity is eligible for the subsidy over the period if its GST turnover for a test period of at least one month falls short of 
the entity’s GST turnover for the corresponding period in 2019, in line with thresholds specified by the Government. Tyro was an eligible 
recipient of Jobkeeper during the reporting period.

This is recognised as “Other revenue and income” in the Statement of Comprehensive Income in accordance with AASB120 Accounting 
for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance.

(g) Leases

The Company assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract conveys the right to 
control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. 

(i) Company as a lessee 

The Company applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, except for short-term leases and leases of low-
value assets. The Company recognises lease liabilities to make lease payments and right-of-use assets representing the right to use the 
underlying assets.

Right-of-use assets

The Company recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e. the date the underlying asset is available 
for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any 
re-measurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial direct costs 
incurred, and lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets are 
depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term.

(e) Revenue recognition

(ii) Lease liabilities 

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised in accordance with AASB 15 which introduced a single, principle-based five step 
recognition and measurement model. The five steps are:

1.  Identify the contract with a customer;
2.  Identify separate performance obligations in the contract;
3.  Determine the transaction price;
4.  Allocate the transaction price to each performance obligations identified in Step 2; and
5.  Recognise revenue when a performance obligation is satisfied. 

At the commencement date of the lease, the Company recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments 
to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease 
incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual 
value guarantees. The lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by 
the Company and payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Company exercising the option to 
terminate. Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as expenses in the period in which the 
event or condition that triggers the payment occurs.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date 
because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities 
is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease 
liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the lease payments (e.g. changes to future 
payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used to determine such lease payments) or a change in the assessment of an 
option to purchase the underlying asset.

125

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information1. STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

(iii) Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets 

The Company applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases of machinery and equipment (i.e. those 
leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option). It also applies 
the lease of low-value assets recognition exemption to leases of office equipment that are considered to be low value. Lease payments 
on short-term leases and leases of low value assets are recognised as expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Company as a lessor

Leases in which the Company does not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of an asset are classified 
as operating leases. Rental income arising is accounted for on a straight-line basis over the lease terms and is included in revenue in the 
statement of profit or loss due to its operating nature. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are 
added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised over the lease term on the same basis as rental income. Contingent 
rents are recognised as revenue in the period in which they are earned.

(h) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances, call deposits and term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less 
from the date of acquisition.

(i) Due from other financial institutions

Includes term deposits with maturities greater than three months from the date of acquisition, and term deposits pledged to 
counterparties as collateral. These are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using a method that 
approximates the effective interest method.

(j) Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables, which generally have 30 day terms, are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method, less an allowance for expected credit losses (ECL). Collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on 
an ongoing basis. Debts that are known to be uncollectible are written off when identified. 

AASB 9 impairment requirements are based on the ECL model. This replaces the “incurred loss” approach under AASB 139. The 
Company has applied the simplified approach to calculate ECL for trade receivables where a loss allowance is based on lifetime ECL at 
each reporting date. An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date using a provision matrix to measure expected credit 
losses. The provision rates are based on days past due for groupings of various customer segments with similar loss patterns (i.e. by 
customer type). The calculation reflects the probability-weighted outcome, the time value of money and reasonable and supportable 
information that is available at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic condition.

(k) Prepayments

Prepayments are recognised for amounts paid whereby goods have not transferred ownership to the Company or where services 
have not yet been provided. Upon receipt of goods or the service the corresponding asset is recognised in the Statement of Financial 
Position or the expense is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

(l) Inventories

(i) Cost and valuation

The costs of purchase of inventories comprise the purchase price, import duties and other taxes (other than those subsequently 
recoverable by the Company from the taxing authorities), and transport, handling and other costs directly attributable to the acquisition 
of finished goods, materials and services. Trade discounts, rebates and other similar items are deducted in determining the costs of 
purchase. Inventories are subsequently held at the lower of cost and their net realisable value. Impairment is assessed at least on an 
annual basis. Inventories are derecognised when the rights to benefits are transferred to a third party. 

(ii) Impairment

Management makes assessments of the net realisable value of inventory at least on an annual basis. The cost of inventory may not be 
recoverable where the inventory is damaged, wholly or partially obsolete, or if selling prices have declined. In accordance with AASB 102 
Inventories, where the cost of inventory exceeds the net realisable value, inventory is written down to their net realisable value. 

Net realisable value is an estimate, based on the most reliable evidence at the time, of the amount the inventories are expected to realise.

(m) Loans

Loans to merchants are classified and measured at fair value with changes in the fair value being recognised in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. The loans are unsecured with an upfront (“unearned”) fee charged to the merchant. As the merchant receives 
daily settlements, a percentage is taken towards loan repayments. The loan repayment includes a portion which recognises the 
unearned fee in the Statement of Comprehensive Income as interest income and is disclosed together with the fair value movement 
on loans. When the loan is uncollectible, it is written-off. Such write-offs of loans occur after all the necessary assessment for write-off 
procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined. Loan write-offs are disclosed as lending losses in 
the Statement of Comprehensive Income. Subsequent recoveries are recognised against these write-offs.

Over the reporting period, specific requests for the loans to be put on a “repayment holiday” due to hardship were assessed on a case-
by-case basis. Where appropriate, these loans may have qualified for, and were provided, a repayment holiday for an initial period of up 
to three months.  Further extension requests will be assessed on a case-by-case basis.

(n) Financial investments

Financial investments are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the 
investment. After initial recognition these investments are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). Gains 
or losses on financial investments are recognised in a separate reserve component of equity until the investment is sold, collected 
or otherwise disposed of or until the investment is determined to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously 
reported in equity is transferred to the Statement of Comprehensive Income. The recycling to the Statement of Comprehensive Income 
upon de-recognition does not apply to equity investments that the Company has irrevocably elected to measure at FVOCI. For these 
investments the cumulative gain or loss remains in equity, though the Company may reclass between equity accounts. For financial 
investments which are debt instruments, all counterparties are of high credit quality (in line with the Company’s investment policy) and 
the ECL is assessed as immaterial.

Purchase and sale of investments are recognised on trade date - the date on which the Company becomes party to the contractual 
provisions of the investment.

(o) Income taxes

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior years are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to 
the taxation authority. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by 
the reporting date.

Current income tax relating to items recognised directly in equity is recognised in equity and not in the statement of comprehensive 
income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in the tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax 
regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.

(p) Deferred tax asset

Deferred tax is provided using the liability method on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes at the reporting date (Note 4).

(q) Other taxes

Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are recognised net of the amount of GST except for the following:

•  when the GST incurred on the purchase of goods and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case the 

GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as applicable; and
trade receivables and trade payables are stated with the amount of GST included.

• 

The net amount of GST recoverable from or payable to the taxation authority is included as part of other receivables or other payables 
in the Statement of Financial Position. Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST.  Cash flows are 
disclosed net of the amount of GST (unless stated otherwise) in the Statement of Cash Flows and the GST component of cash flows 
arising from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is classified as part of 
operating cash flows.

127

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information1. STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

(t) Deposits from customers

(r) Property, plant and equipment

(i) Cost

Property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value. The Company 
recognises in the carrying amount of an item of property, plant and equipment the cost of replacing parts when the cost is incurred and 
the recognition criteria are met. When each major inspection is performed, its cost is recognised in the carrying amount of the item of 
property, plant or equipment, as a replacement, provided that the recognition criteria are satisfied.

(ii) Depreciation

Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of each specific item of property, plant and equipment.

Estimated useful lives are as follows:

Plant and equipment:

EFTPOS terminals

Furniture and office equipment

Computer equipment

Leasehold improvements

2020

2019

3 years

5 years

4 years

3 years

5 years

4 years

Remaining term of lease

Remaining term of lease

The assets’ residual values, remaining useful lives and depreciation methods are reassessed and adjusted, if appropriate at each 
reporting date.

(iii) Impairment

Management identify applicable impairment indicators in accordance with AASB 136 Impairment of Assets. The carrying values of 
plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be 
recoverable. If any such indication exists and where the carrying values exceed the estimated recoverable amount, the assets are 
written down to their recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of plant and equipment is the greater of fair value less costs of 
disposal and its value in use.

(iv) Derecognition and disposal

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised on disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from 
continued use of the asset. Gains and losses on disposals are calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the 
asset’s carrying amount and are included in the Statement of Comprehensive Income in the year the asset is derecognised.

(s) Intangible assets

The Company continues to make significant investments in various projects to develop new products and enhance existing products’ 
capabilities. For certain projects, it is more probable that future economic benefits from the assets arising from the projects will flow 
to the entity and their expenditure can be measured reliably with enhancements in the Company’s data governance, system and 
reporting. Therefore, software development costs for those projects are recognised as intangible assets in the Statement of Financial 
Position in accordance with AASB 138 Intangible Assets.

Following initial recognition of the development expenditure as an asset, the intangible asset is carried at its cost less any accumulated 
amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses. Each development project will then be reviewed annually for any indicator of 
impairments in accordance with AASB 136 Impairment of Assets.

The useful life of finite intangible assets is judgmental and reviewed annually by management with adjustments made where deemed 
necessary. The following method is used in the calculation of amortisation:

INTANGIBLE ASSET

AMORTISATION METHOD

USEFUL LIFE

Internally generated software

Customer relationships

 Straight line

 Straight line

Finite (3 - 5 years)

Finite (5 years)

Deposits from customers are initially recognised at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at 
amortised cost. Interest expense on deposits is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income using a method that 
approximates the effective interest method.

(u) Trade and other payables

Merchant payables arise when the Company has received monies from the relevant schemes and financial institutions that have not yet 
been settled with the merchant.

Payables to merchants are only recognised to the extent that a liability arises. This liability arises when the proceeds have been paid by 
the schemes and financial institutions and received by the Company.

Liabilities for trade and other payables are carried at cost, which is the fair value of the consideration to be paid in the future for goods 
and services received, whether or not billed to the Company.

(v) Provisions and contingencies

Provisions are recognised when the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event and it is 
probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits may be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate 
can be made of the amount of the obligation.

If the impact of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects the risks specific 
to the liability. Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Contingent liabilities are not recognised in the Statement of Financial Position, but are disclosed in the relevant notes to the financial 
statements. They may arise from uncertainty as to the existence of a liability or represent an existing liability in respect of which 
settlement is not probable or the amount cannot be reliably measured. Only when settlement becomes probable will a liability be 
recognised.

The Company is contingently liable for processed credit card sales transactions in the event of a dispute between the cardholder and a 
merchant. If a dispute is resolved in the cardholder’s favour, the Company will credit or refund the amount to the cardholder and charge 
back the transaction to the merchant. If the Company is unable to collect the amount from the merchant, the Company will bear the 
loss for the amount credited or refunded to the cardholder. 

Management evaluates the risk of such transactions and estimates its potential loss from chargebacks based primarily on historical 
experience and other relevant factors. A provision is recognised in the general reserve for credit losses for merchant losses necessary to 
absorb chargebacks and other losses for merchant transactions that have been previously processed and on which revenues have been 
recorded. 

(w) General reserve for credit losses

The Company appropriates for estimated future credit losses from chargebacks, with a general reserve for credit losses. The Company 
estimates the reserve by using a multiple of historical losses over a rolling 120 day period of transaction values. The general reserve for 
credit losses is then allocated as a separate reserve within equity.

The Company also appropriates for estimated future credit losses from loans to ensure the Company has sufficient capital to cover 
credit losses estimated to arise over the full life of the loans as required by APRA Prudential Standard APS 220.

The methodology and assumptions used for estimating the general reserve for credit losses required are reviewed regularly. 

129

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information1. STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

2. REVENUE AND EXPENSES

(x) Employee benefits

Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as a result of employees rendering services up to the reporting date. These 
benefits include wages and salaries, annual leave and long service leave.

Entitlements arising in respect of salaries and wages, annual leave and other employee benefits that are expected to be settled within 
one year have been measured at their nominal amounts. Employees are entitled to 20 days annual leave each year. 

Entitlements that arise in respect of long service leave which are expected to be settled more than 12 months after the reporting date 
have been measured at their present values of expected future payments. Long service leave is calculated based on assumptions and 
estimates of when employees will take leave and the prevailing wage rates at the time the leave will be taken. Long service leave liability 
also requires a prediction of the number of employees that will achieve entitlement to long service leave. Expected future payments are 
discounted using market yields at the reporting date on high quality corporate bonds with terms to maturity and currencies that match 
as closely as possible to the estimated future cash outflows.

No provision has been made for sick leave as all sick leave is non-vesting and the average sick leave to be taken in the future by all 
employees at the reporting date is estimated to be less than the annual entitlement for sick leave.

(y) Share-based payment transactions

Share-based compensation benefits are provided to employees (including Key Management Personnel) via the Employee Share 
Option Plan, whereby employees render services in exchange for rights over the Company’s shares, as well as other stakeholders 
under contractual arrangements. The cost of these equity-settled transactions is measured by reference to the fair value of the equity 
instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.

The loss before tax expense has been arrived at after accounting for the following items:

Fees and terminal rental income

Merchant service fee

Terminal rental income

Other fee income

Other revenue and income

Jobkeeper receipts

Fair value gains on equity instruments

Fair value gain/ (loss) on debt instruments

Other income

Interchange, integration and support fees 

Interchange and scheme fees

Integration, support and other fees

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with any corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the 
employees/stakeholders become fully entitled to the award (the vesting period).

Employee benefits expense (excluding share-based payments)

The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until vesting date reflects the extent to 
which the vesting period has expired and the number of awards that, in the opinion of the Directors of the Company, will ultimately vest. 
This opinion is based on the best available information at the reporting date. No adjustment is made for the likelihood of performance 
conditions being met as the effect of these conditions is included in the determination of fair value at grant date.

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest. Details of the types of share-based payments and their respective 
terms and vesting conditions are disclosed in the footnotes.  

The Company also has share-based compensation benefits in the form of rights which are tied to performance conditions, as well as 
remuneration sacrifice rights. The policy treatment is consistent with that for share options via the Employee Share Option Plan.

(z) Contributed equity

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are accounted in 
contributed equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds of issue.

(aa) Foreign currency translation

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency by applying the exchange rates ruling at the date of 
the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the spot rate of exchange ruling at 
the reporting date.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at their historic rates of exchange at their respective transaction dates.

(ab) De-recognition of assets and liabilities

Assets and liabilities are de-recognised from the Statement of Financial Position upon sale, maturity or settlement. The Company 
de-recognises scheme receivables against associated merchant payables as the risks and rewards are passed through in line with 
contractual obligations.

Wages, salaries and incentives

Superannuation

Other employee benefits expense

Administrative expenses

Communications, hosting and licencing costs

Terminal management and logistics

Travel and entertainment

Professional services

Training and conferences 

Rent(1)

Other administrative expenses

Lending and non-lending losses

Lending losses

Non-lending losses

2020 
$000

180,236

17,660

3,874

201,770

3,867

-

19

363

4,249

(108,005)

(7,717)

(115,722)

(57,667)

(5,236)

(4,759)

(67,662)

(7,694)

(2,371)

(1,208)

(1,433)

(644)

-

(3,248)

(16,598)

(1,088)

(870)

(1,958)

2019 
$000

162,174

15,452

5,161

182,787

-

159

(2)

657

814

(97,259)

(8,230)

(105,489)

(52,395)

(4,690)

(3,728)

(60,813)

(5,532)

(2,162)

(1,153)

(1,536)

(820)

(4,100)

(2,472)

(17,775)

(542)

(255)

(797)

(1)   

The current year results reflect the adoption of AASB 16 Leases (AASB 16). The Company has not restated prior periods as permitted by AASB 16. Refer to Note 
1 for details on the impact of the initial adoption.

131

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information(c) Assets and liabilities by segment

PAYMENTS 
$000

BANKING 
$000

CORPORATE AND OTHER 
$000

TOTAL 
$000

3. SEGMENT REPORTING

(a) Description of segments and principal activities

For management purposes, the Company is organised into three operating segments comprising Payments, Banking and Corporate 
and other. Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision maker, which is the CEO and Managing Director. The Company operates in one geographical segment being Australia. 

The Company’s reportable segments under AASB 8 Operating Segments are as follows:

REPORTABLE SEGMENT

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

Payments

Acquires electronic payment transactions from merchants. Revenue is primarily earned from fees charged for 
processing acquired transactions. Revenue is also earned from other fee income, terminal rental income and 
sales of terminal accessories. Direct expenses include scheme and interchange fees, integration, support and 
other fees and cost of terminal accessories sold.

Banking

Complementary banking services to merchants. Revenue is earned from fees charged on loans to merchants. 
Interest expense is incurred on merchant deposits.

Corporate and other

Corporate and other includes investment income earned from financial investments and other revenue and 
income. Corporate includes the Company’s head office and includes all employee benefits expenses and 
other operating expenses.

(b) Revenue and gross profit by segment

PAYMENTS (1) 
$000

BANKING (2) 
$000

CORPORATE  
AND OTHER (3) 
$000

2020

Revenue

Gross Profit 

2019

Revenue

Gross Profit

202,826

86,142

183,685

77,451

1,818

1,302

2,938

2,662

Reconciliation of gross profit to loss before tax:

Gross profit

Operating expenses excl. depreciation, amortisation and net lease interest expense

Depreciation and amortisation

Net lease interest expense

IPO expenses

Loss before tax

6,031

6,031

3,147

3,147

2020 
$000

93,475

(108,743)

(12,524)

(535)

(9,730)

(38,057)

TOTAL 
$000

210,675

93,475

189,770

83,260

2019 
$000

83,260

(95,659)

(7,864)

-

-

(20,263)

2020

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

2019

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

4. INCOME TAX

a) Income tax benefit 

48,759

2,441

51,986

6,504

37,790

50,543

36,137

26,918

Major components of income tax benefit for the period ended 30 June 2020: 

Current income tax

Current income tax charge

Deferred income tax

Relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences 

Income tax benefit in the statement of comprehensive income

Amount reported directly in other comprehensive income and equity

Deferred tax related to items recognised in equity during the year

Deferred tax on capital raising costs 

Deferred tax on unrealised gain on financial investment – FVOCI

Income tax benefit reported in equity

b) Reconciliation of income tax expense and prima facie tax: 

Operating loss before tax

At the statutory income tax rate of 30%

Research and development incentive

Share-based payment remuneration

Entertainment expenses

Adjustment in respect to previous year

(1) 

Gross profit of the payments segment is payments revenue and income less direct expenses.

Tax effect of current year losses for which no deferred tax asset is recognised

(2) 

Gross profit of the banking segment is income from merchant lending less fair value loss on loans and interest expense on deposits.

(3) 

Gross profit of corporate and other includes income from investments and other revenue and income.

Sale of VISA shares

Total income tax benefit

177,290

21,136

60,541

22,173

2020 
$000

-

-

-

-

927

29

956

2020 
$000

(38,057) 

11,417 

70 

(3,269) 

(149) 

(332) 

(7,737)

-

-

263,839

74,120

148,664

55,595

2019 
$000

-

1,824

1,824

(183)

-

36

(147)

2019 
$000

(20,263)

6,079

198

(1,137)

(147)

(17)

(3,010)

(142)

1,824

133

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
4. INCOME TAX (cont’d)

c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities

5. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

STATEMENT OF  
FINANCIAL  
POSITION 
$000

STATEMENT OF 
COMPREHENSIVE 
INCOME 
$000

OTHER COMPRE-
HENSIVE INCOME 
AND EQUITY           
$000

STATEMENT OF FI-
NANCIAL POSITION 
$000

STATEMENT OF 
COMPREHENSIVE 
INCOME 
$000

OTHER COMPRE-
HENSIVE INCOME 
AND EQUITY                     
$000

2020

2019

Deposits at call

Short term deposits

Deferred tax assets (DTA)

Fixed assets 

Provisions & accruals 

Other 

Lease break fee

R&D credits

Tax losses 

Right-of-use assets

Prepayments

Financial investments 

Total

5,558 

2,093 

3,848 

-   

274 

1,910 

13,683 

(284)

(104) 

689 

301 

13,984 

4,850 

(1,974) 

2,888 

-

(6,126)

-   

(362) 

(284)

(99) 

745 

362

- 

-   

-   

927 

-   

-   

-   

927 

-

-

29 

29 

956 

708

4,067

33

-

6,400

1,910

13,118

-

(5)

(85)

(90)

13,028

(389)

1,045

41

(21)

898

(183)

1,391

-

4

429

433

1,824

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(147)

(147)

(147)

Deferred tax assets relate to deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses and credits up to $13,984,000 recognised as assets 
as at 30 June 2020. In addition, approximately $15,206,000 of deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses and credits have 
not been recognised as assets at balance date.

Reconciliation of loss after tax to net cash flows used in operations

Loss for the year

Adjustments for:

Depreciation and amortisation

Share-based payments expense

Fair value loss/(gain)

Loans written off

Net lease interest expense

Foreign currency loss/(gain)

Gain on disposal of property plant and equipment

Deferred tax benefits

Other

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Decrease/(increase) in customer loans

Decrease/(increase) in interest and other receivables

(Increase) in prepayments

Increase in deposits

(Decrease) in interest and other payables

Increase/(decrease) in provisions

Net cash flow from operating activities

6. DUE FROM OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

Term deposits

Deposits pledged as collateral

2020 
$000

88,761 

15,000 

103,761

2019 
$000

23,900

-

23,900 

2020 
$000

2019 
$000

(38,057)

(18,439)

12,524

10,896

2,342

1,088

535

310

(190)

-

65

294

8,463

(400)

23,624

(14,854)

1,554

8,194

2020 
$000

10,000 

8,429

18,429

7,864

3,788

(183)

542

-

(4)

(94)

(1,824)

(102)

(8,061)

(6,871)

(18)

15,355

(5,402)

(482)

(13,931)

2019 
$000

-

7,910

7,910 

Includes term deposits with maturities greater than three months from the date of acquisition and deposits pledged to counterparties 
as collateral. Refer to Note 19 for details of deposits pledged as collateral.

135

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information7. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

10. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Reconciliation of net carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the year.

Scheme and other receivables 

Merchant acquiring fees

Interest receivable

Expected credit loss provision

2020 
$000

10,625

4,532

53

(38)

15,172

2019 
$000

23,003

4,729

30

-

27,762

Scheme receivables are presented net of merchant payables in line with the accounting policy disclosed in Note 1. 

The Company’s ageing of trade and other receivables are as follows:

TOTAL 
$000

15,172

27,762

CURRENT 
$000

1-30 DAYS 
$000

31-60 DAYS 
$000

61-90 DAYS
$000

>90 DAYS 
$000

IMPAIRMENT 
$000

15,004

27,223

100

494

-

-

90

10

16

35

(38)

-

2020 
$000

2019 
$000

Carrying value 2020 

Carrying value 2019 

8. LOANS

Current

Loans (net of unearned fees)

Non-current

Loans (net of unearned fees)

2,081

11,921

741

15,665

Income from loans comprises interest income of $4,179,000 (2019: $2,912,000), fair value (loss)/gain of ($2,361,000) (2019: $26,000) 
and lending loss of ($1,088,000) (2019: ($542,000)).

9. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS 

Floating rate notes

Equity investment – meandu Australia Holdings Pty Ltd

Equity investments – YBF Holdings Pty Ltd and Teamsquare Pty Ltd

2020 
$000

66,134

3,499

128

69,761

2019 
$000

36,948

-

211

37,159

The Company elected to measure the equity investments in meandu Australia Holdings Pty Ltd (me&u), YBF Holdings Pty Ltd and 
Teamsquare Pty Ltd (YBF) at FVOCI, resulting in no recycling of fair value changes to the Statement of Comprehensive Income upon a 
de-recognition event.

9,840

14,924

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

(29,680) 

(1,909) 

(6,698) 

(3,273) 

(41,560) 

Net carrying amount

 12,863 

 799 

 2,060 

 1,544 

 17,266 

Year ended 30 June 2020

At 30 June 2019 net of accumulated depreciation 
and impairment

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation for the year

At 30 June 2020 net of accumulated  
depreciation and impairment

At 30 June 2019

Cost

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Net carrying amount

At 30 June 2020

Cost

EFTPOS
TERMINALS 
$000

FURNITURE  
AND OFFICE 
EQUIPMENT 
$000

COMPUTER  
EQUIPMENT 
$000

LEASEHOLD  
IMPROVEMENTS
$000

TOTAL 
$000

13,258 

649 

2,756 

2,071 

18,734 

6,488 

(35) 

(6,848) 

 12,863 

36,668

(23,410)

13,258

506 

-   

(356) 

 799 

2,202

(1,553)

649

640 

-   

(1,336) 

 2,060 

387 

-   

8,021 

(35) 

(914) 

(9,454) 

 1,544 

 17,266 

8,152

4,430

51,452

(5,396)

(2,359)

(32,718)

2,756

2,071

18,734

 42,543 

 2,708 

 8,758 

 4,817 

 58,826 

Year ended 30 June 2019

At 30 June 2018 net of accumulated  
depreciation and impairment

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation for the year

At 30 June 2019 net of accumulated depreciation 
and impairment

At 30 June 2018

Cost

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Net carrying amount

At 30 June 2019

Cost

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Net carrying amount

EFTPOS
TERMINALS 
$000

FURNITURE  
AND OFFICE 
EQUIPMENT 
$000

COMPUTER 
EQUIPMENT 
$000

LEASEHOLD 
IMPROVEMENTS 
$000

         TOTAL 
$000 

10,412

952

3,234

2,625

17,223

8,182

(22)

(5,314)

13,258

28,646

(18,234)

10,412

36,668

(23,410)

13,258

87

-

(390)

649

2,115

(1,163)

952

2,202

(1,553)

649

929

-

(1,407)

2,756

7,222

(3,988)

3,234

8,152

(5,396)

2,756

184

-

(738)

2,071

4,246

(1,621)

2,625

4,430

(2,359)

2,071

9,382

(22)

(7,849)

18,734

42,229

(25,006)

17,223

51,452

(32,718)

18,734

137

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
11. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Reconciliation of net carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the year

INTERNALLY GENERATED 
SOFTWARE

CUSTOMER  
RELATIONSHIPS 

Year ended 30 June 2020

At 30 June 2019 net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

Additions 

Amortisation for the year

At 30 June 2020 net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 30 June 2019

Cost 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net carrying amount

At 30 June 2020

Cost 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net carrying amount

2,503

2,832

(165)

5,170

2,518

(15)

2,503

5,350

(180)

5,170

-

250

(53)

197

-

-

-

250

(53)

197

Reconciliation of net carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the year

INTERNALLY GENERATED 
SOFTWARE

CUSTOMER  
RELATIONSHIPS 

Year ended 30 June 2019

At 30 June 2018 net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

Additions 

Amortisation for the year

At 30 June 2019 net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 30 June 2018

Cost 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net carrying amount

At 30 June 2019

Cost 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net carrying amount

-

2,518

(15)

2,503

-

-

-

2,518

(15)

2,503

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

TOTAL 
$000

2,503

3,082

(218)

5,367

2,518

(15)

2,503

5,600

(233)

5,367

TOTAL 
$000

-

2,518

(15)

2,503

-

-

-

2,518

(15)

2,503

12. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

The Company provides benefits to employees (including Key Management Personnel (KMP)) from time to time including share-based 
payments as remuneration for service. Additionally, the Company provides share-based payments to other stakeholders as part of 
contractual agreements.

(a) Employee Share Option Plan

The Employee Share Option Plan (ESOP) was established to grant options over ordinary shares in the Company to employees or 
Directors who provide services to the Company. 

Options granted pursuant to the ESOP may be exercised, in whole or part, subject to vesting terms and conditions as indicated below:

TYPE OF OPTION

VESTING TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Monthly linear vesting schedule

Options granted will vest in proportion to the time that passes linearly during the vesting 
schedule, subject to maintaining continuous status as an employee or Director with the 
Company during the vesting period. The options generally vest in equal amounts each month 
over the vesting period.

Annual linear vesting schedule

Options vest similarly to the monthly linear vesting schedule, except they vest in equal amounts 
annually over the vesting period.

Performance linear vesting 
schedule

Options vest in equal amounts annually over the vesting period, and are also subject to 
performance criteria.

All option grants and any shares issued on the exercise of those options must be held for a minimum period commencing on the date 
on which the options are granted and continuing until the earlier of:

• 
• 

the date which is 3 years after the date on which options are granted; or
the date on which the participant ceases employment with the Company.

Other relevant terms and conditions applicable to options granted under the ESOP include:

•  The term of each option grant ranges primarily between 6 – 7 years from the date of grant or such shorter term as provided in the 

ESOP or grant letter;

•  Each option entitles the holder to one ordinary fully paid share;
•  All awards granted under the ESOP are equity-settled;
•  A 2 year holding lock applies to those options with annual linear or performance linear vesting schedules. For annual linear options, 
the lock period applies following the relevant vesting date, and for performance linear options the lock period applies from exercise 
date. During this period the shares issued cannot be transferred, sold, encumbered or otherwise dealt with; and

•  Under the ESOP rules and subject to any requirements under law or the ASX listing rules, the Board, at its discretion, may determine 
that options held by an employee or Director do not lapse on cessation of employment or Directorship and that the relevant holder 
of options has additional time to exercise their options.

139

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information12. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (cont’d)

(b) Fair value of options under the ESOP

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) in cents and movements of share options 
during the year:

JUN 2020 
Number

JUN 2020 
WAEP (cents)

JUN 2019 
Number

JUN 2019 
WAEP (cents)

The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The table below lists the 
assumptions used in determining the fair value of the options granted during the period ended 30 June 2020:

Monthly linear and annual linear vesting

Dividend yield (%)

Expected volatility (%)

Risk-free interest rate (%)

Share price ($)1

SEP 2019

OCT 2019

0%

N/A

N/A

0%

40%

0.73% - 0.79% 

$1.15 - $1.50

$1.15 - $2.00

Opening

Granted 

Exercised 

Forfeited or expired 

Closing

1  

The Company considers the volume weighted average share price near grant date, when determining fair value.

Of which: Exercisable at the end of the period

A zero dividend policy assumption is used for valuing all option grants. This is in line with the Company’s capital management policy and 
growth strategy.

Performance based vesting

Expected volatility used is the historical volatility of the Company’s estimated peer group. The expected volatility reflects the 
assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may not necessarily be the actual outcome.

There were 8,248,341 options exercised during the period ended 30 June 2020 (2019: 1,939,496).

The weighted average remaining contractual life for share options outstanding as at 30 June 2020 was 5 years (2019: 4 years).

The following table summarises further details of the share options outstanding at 30 June 2020:

RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES

CONTRACTUAL LIFE

VESTING CONDITIONS

NO. OF OUTSTANDING OPTIONS

179 cents

176 cents

7 years 

4 year annual vesting, plus performance criteria

6 years or less

5 year monthly linear vesting

162 cents to 176 cents

7 years or less

No vesting in first 6 months of 5 year monthly 
linear vesting period

162 cents

150 cents

7 years or less

5 year monthly linear vesting

7 years

4 year annual vesting, plus performance criteria

37.5 cents to 149 cents

7 years or less

5 year monthly linear vesting

8 cents to 14 cents

7 years

5 year monthly linear vesting

0 cents

Total

6 years 

5 year annual linear vesting

JUN 2020

7,740,124

7,589,967

750,000

90,000

6,154,423

11,081,212

-

3,570,372

JUN 2019

-

8,466,637

790,000

90,000

6,154,423

17,828,817

829,167

2,611,147

36,976,098

36,770,191

30,615,768

1,554,294

(6,623,341)

(2,465,170)

23,081,551

14,664,292

 6,154,423 

 7,822,597 

 -   

(82,473) 

 13,894,547 

- 

 36,976,098 

 14,664,292 

 102 

 -   

 59 

 109 

 107 

 108 

 150 

 179 

 -   

 179 

 166 

 -   

32,126,443

3,134,471

(896,018)

(3,749,128)

30,615,768

8,023,259

 -   

 6,154,423 

 -   

 -   

 6,154,423 

-

 36,770,191 

 8,023,259 

 91 

 22 

 45 

 143 

 102 

 39 

 -   

 150

 -   

 -   

150 

-

Opening

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited or expired

Closing

Of which: Exercisable at the end of the period

Total outstanding at the end of the year

Total exercisable at the end of the year

Refer to Note 17, for outstanding share options at the end of the period that are not part of ESOP. 

(c)   Performance rights, remuneration sacrifice rights and rights to shares under other contractual 

arrangements

During the period, the Company granted 1,475,617 remuneration sacrifice rights as part of an equity incentive arrangement. The 
following model inputs were used in the Black-Scholes valuation model to determine the fair value:

GRANT DATE

Vesting period

Expiry date

Share price at grant date ($)1

Dividend yield (%)

Expected volatility (%)

Risk-free interest rate (%)

Target conversion date – post the end of the relevant financial year or post publication of half-year 
results

OCT-19

Employment conditions apply

$1.15 - $2.00

0%

N/A

N/A

1 

The Company considers the volume weighted average share price near grant date, when determining fair value.

141

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information12. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (cont’d)

15. CURRENT PROVISIONS

JUN 2020 
Number

JUN 2020 
WAEP (cents)

JUN 2019 
Number

JUN 2019 
WAEP (cents)

Performance, remuneration sacrifice rights 
and rights to shares under other contractual 
arrangements

Opening

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited or expired

Closing

Exercisable at the end of the period

13. DEPOSITS

Deposits1

Term deposits

6,998,587

1,475,617

(1,882,647) 

(105,617) 

6,485,940

1,652,608 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

1,200,000 

5,798,587

- 

- 

6,998,587 

- 

2020

$000

49,691

851

50,542

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

2019

$000

26,918

-

26,918

1 

The deposits are at call, earn a daily interest with rates that increase for every dollar held for longer than 30 days, 60 days and 90 days, and are guaranteed by 

the Australian Government up to $250,000 per customer.

14. TRADE PAYABLES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Accounts payable

Deferred rent incentive

Accruals – scheme fees, commissions, bonuses and others

Payroll Liabilities 

Other liabilities – clearing suspense and other payables

2020

$000

665

-

5,576

826

3,265

10,332

2019

$000

3,320

2,654

6,738

3,744

7,062

23,518

Leave provision

Annual leave provision

Long service leave provision

Total leave provisions

Other provisions

Balance at the beginning of the year

Provided for during the year

Released during the year

Balance at the end of the year

Total current provisions

16. NON-CURRENT PROVISIONS 

Long service leave provision

Make good provision

Balance at the beginning of the year

Provided for during the year

Balance at the end of the year

Total non-current provisions

2020

$000

3,721

341

4,062

951

285

(951)

285

4,347

2020

 $000

712

556

148

704

1,416

2019

$000

2,882

280

3,162

2,095

-

(1,144)

951

4,113

2019

$000

490

409

147

556

1,046

143

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information17. CONTRIBUTED EQUITY AND RESERVES

(i) Movement in ordinary shares on issue

At 1 July 2018

Share options exercised

At 30 June 2019

Shares issued as part of IPO

Share options and rights exercised

Capital raising costs (net of tax)

At 30 June 2020

Terms and conditions of contributed equity

NUMBER OF SHARES 

$000

440,307,255

3,564,496

443,871,751

45,493,432

10,130,988

-

499,496,171

141,258

598

141,856

125,000

3,913

(5,006)

265,763

Ordinary shares have the right to receive dividends when declared and, in the event of winding up of the Company, to participate in 
the proceeds from the sale of all surplus assets in proportion to the number of and amounts paid up on ordinary shares held. Ordinary 
shares entitle their holder to one vote, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of the Company.

(ii) Share-based payments reserve

Balance at the beginning of the year

Share-based payments expensed 

Balance at the end of the year

2020

$000

15,475

10,896

26,371

The share-based payments reserve is used to record the value of share-based payments or benefits provided to any Directors, 
employees as part of their remuneration or compensation, and share-based payments provided to other stakeholders as part of 
contractual agreements.

(iii) General reserve for credit losses

Balance at the beginning of the year

Transfer from accumulated losses:

Appropriation for chargeback losses

Appropriation for lending losses

Balance at the end of the year

2020

$000

1,918

253

(68)

2,103

2019

$000

11,687

3,788

15,475

2019

$000

1,264

223

431

1,918

The general reserve for credit losses has been created to satisfy APRA’s prudential standards for ADIs as described in Note 1(w). The 
Company applies an internal methodology to estimate the credit risk of its merchant customers and the maximum losses based upon 
a number of assumptions concerning the performance of merchants in relation to the Company’s credit risk grading system and actual 
experience.

(iv) FVOCI reserve

Balance at the beginning of the year

Adjustment from initial adoption of AASB 9

Total revaluations for the year

Balance at the end of the year

2020

$000

99

-

(96)

3

2019

$000

855

(798)

42

99

Total reserves at the end of the year

28,477

17,492

(v) Accumulated losses

Movements in accumulated losses were as follows:

Accumulated losses at the beginning of the financial year

Adjustment from initial adoption of AASB 9

Loss attributable to shareholders of the Company

Transfer to general reserve for credit losses

Accumulated losses at the end of the financial year

2020

 $000

2019

$000

(66,279)

-

(38,057)

(185)

(104,521)

(48,514)

1,328

(18,439)

(654)

(66,279)

18. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND PROCESSES

The Company’s principal financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, deposits due from other financial institutions, trade 
and other receivables, net investment in sublease, loans, financial investments, deposits, lease liabilities, trade payables and other 
liabilities.

(i) Risk management 

The Board has responsibility for setting Tyro’s strategy and the Risk Management Framework (RMF).  The RMF includes the Risk 
Management Strategy (RMS), the Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) and the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP). The 
RMS supports Tyro in achieving its strategic priorities by clearly articulating the approach to managing risks aligned with the material 
risk types that are consistent with the RAS.  The CEO and Management team are responsible for implementing the RMS, and for 
developing policies, controls, processes and procedures for identifying and managing risk. 

Various management committees, including the Executive Risk Committee (ERC), the Price Committee (PriceCo) and the Asset and 
Liability Management Committee (ALCO), ensure appropriate execution of the RMS is applied to the day-to-day operations and 
regularly report to the Board Risk Committee (BRC).

(ii) Risk controls

Risks are identified, managed and controlled through the Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA) process.  The RCSA is an 
assessment of key risks and controls which enable the business to understand its operational risk environment and facilitate decision-
making, prioritisation, allocation of resources and effective governance. Business risks are controlled within tolerance levels approved by 
the Board through the RAS.

(iii) Internal audit

The Company has an independent and adequately resourced Internal Audit function. The Internal Audit function provides independent 
assurance to the Board on the adequacy and effectiveness of the control environment and risk framework.

(iv) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a 
financial loss. The Company is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily trade receivables) and from its lending and 
investing activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions, foreign exchange transactions and financial investments in 
floating rate notes.

The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amounts of the financial assets at the reporting date. The 
Company’s credit risk management framework outlines the core values which govern its credit risk-taking activities and reflect the 
priorities established by the Board. 

The framework is used to develop underwriting standards and credit procedures which define the operating processes. The operation 
of a credit risk grading system coupled with ongoing monitoring, reporting and review allows the Company to identify changes in credit 
quality at client and portfolio levels and to take corrective actions in a timely manner.

Credit losses from chargebacks

In addition, the Company is subject to the risk of credit card losses via chargebacks. The maximum period the Company is potentially 
liable for such chargebacks is 120 days after the date of the transaction. The Company manages credit risk associated with its merchant 
portfolio both at an individual and a portfolio level, by monitoring the concentration of risk by industry and type of counterparty.

It is the Company’s policy that all merchants are subject to credit verification procedures including an assessment of their independent 
credit rating, past behaviour and an overview of trading history. 

145

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
18. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND PROCESSES (cont’d)

(v) Operational risk

As part of equity, a General Reserve for Credit Losses (GRCL) is maintained to cover losses due to uncollectible chargebacks that 
have not been specifically identified. The reserve is calculated based on estimated future credit losses as described in Note 1(w). The 
Company does not hold any credit derivatives or collateral to offset its credit exposure. The Company’s exposure to bad debts from 
chargebacks is not significant at the reporting date.

Operational risk is the risk that arises from inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, human error or misconduct, or from 
external events. It includes, amongst other things, fraud, technology risk, model risk and outsourcing risk.

The BRC is responsible for monitoring the operational risk profile, the performance of operational risk controls, and the development 
and ongoing review of operational risk policies.

Credit losses from loans

(vi) Market risk

The Company is also subject to the risk of credit losses from its unsecured loan product and loan product operating under the 
Government SME guarantee scheme. The Company manages this risk in accordance with the Board approved Lending Credit Risk 
Policy. Responsibility for monitoring and management of this risk is delegated to the Chief Risk Officer (CRO). The CRO is also 
responsible for ensuring the Lending Credit Risk Policy is reviewed regularly and submitted to the BRC for endorsement and approval 
by the Board. 

To manage the risk of credit losses, various underwriting criteria is in place before a loan can be offered. A merchant must also have a 
minimum acquiring transaction history to be eligible for a loan offer, as well as providing a personal guarantee. Loans issued under the 
Government SME guarantee scheme are guaranteed up to 50% of the loan balance, by the Australian Government.

The Company maintains a GRCL to also cover credit losses estimated but not certain to arise over the full life of the loans as described 
in Note 1(w).  

Market risk is the potential loss of value or potential reduction in expected earnings resulting from movements in interest rates 
and currency exchanges rates. Tyro’s balance sheet activities exposes the profit and loss to earnings volatility.  Ultimately, the aim 
of managing market risks is to stabilise earnings. Market prices comprise four types of risk: interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, 
commodity price risk and other price risk, such as equity price risk. The Company does not engage in financial market trading activities 
nor assume any foreign exchange, interest rate or other derivative positions and does not have a trading book. The Company does not 
undertake any hedging around the values of its financial instruments as any risk of loss is considered insignificant to the operations of 
the Company at this stage.

Any government securities, bank bills or other marketable instruments that the Company holds are for investment or liquidity purposes 
and held in the normal course of business in line with investment and liquidity guidelines. Each component of market risk is detailed 
below as follows:

This table summarises the Company’s credit risk exposures as at reporting date:

1) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market 
interest rates. The Company has exposure to interest rate risk primarily on its variable interest-bearing cash and cash equivalent 
balances, term deposits, floating rate notes, loans and variable deposits (bank account for businesses).

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

The following demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates. With all other variables held constant, the 
Company’s profit is affected as follows:

An increase of 50 basis points for 12 months in the general cash rate (assuming other factors remain constant) will increase the 
Company’s profit and increase equity by $748,512 (2019: $287,526). A decrease of 50 basis points in the general cash rate will have an 
equal and opposite effect.

                       -   

                       -   

The following table shows the financial assets and liabilities on which the interest rate sensitivity analysis has been performed.

                      -   

                      -   

30 JUNE 2020

STANDARD & POORS 
CREDIT RATING*

AAA

AA

A+

A

A-

BBB+

unrated

30 JUNE 2019

STANDARD & POORS 
CREDIT RATING*

AAA

AA

A+

A

A-

BBB+

unrated

CASH AND BALANCES 
WITH FINANCIAL 
INSTITUTIONS

DUE FROM OTHER 
FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

TRADE RECEIVABLES

LOANS AND ADVANCES^

NET INVESTMENT IN 
SUBLEASE

($000)

31,218 

($000)

                     -   

             72,543 

            18,356 

                      -   

                    73 

                      -   

                     -   

                      -   

                       -   

                      -   

            - 

                     -   

                     -   

($000)

1,638

8,249

4,415

-

-

168

702

($000)

($000)

                     -   

                     -   

                      -   

                      -   

                     -   

                     -   

                      -   

                      -   

          103,761 

         18,429 

    15,172 

             11,921 

11,921 

1,367

1,367

CASH AND BALANCES 
WITH FINANCIAL 
INSTITUTIONS

DUE FROM OTHER 
FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

TRADE RECEIVABLES

LOANS AND ADVANCES^

NET INVESTMENT IN 
SUBLEASE

($000)

21,725 

($000)

                     -   

             2,175 

            7,839 

                      -   

                    71 

                      -   

                     -   

                      -   

                       -   

                      -   

            - 

                     -   

                     -   

($000)

1,033

17,102

8,596

-

222 

-  

809

($000)

($000)

                     -   

                     -   

                      -   

                      -   

                     -   

                     -   

                      -   

                      -   

                       -   

                       -   

                      -   

                      -   

15,665 

          23,900 

         7,910 

    27,762 

             15,665 

*Long-term credit rating 
^Includes loans issued under the Government SME guarantee scheme of $676,000.

-

-

147

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
 
 
 
 
18. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND PROCESSES (cont’d)

3) Other price risk

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE

      FIXED INTEREST RATE

TOTAL

    < 3 MONTHS

3 TO 12  MONTHS

         > 1 YEAR

Other price risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market 
conditions (other than those arising from interest rate risk or currency risk), for example from changes in equity prices. Further 
information on sensitivity to other price risk is discussed below.

Cash and cash equivalents

88,761 

             15,000 

                     - 

                    - 

         103,761 

(vii) Capital Management

The Company’s capital management objectives are to:

             1,924 

              1,547

            12,991 

            - 

 16,462 

•  Maintain a sufficient level of capital above the regulatory minimum to provide a buffer against loss arising from unanticipated 

                     73 

                     - 

              1,894

                    - 

            1,967 

events, and allow the Company to continue as a going concern; and

                     - 

                3,182

           6,658

2,081

            11,921 

•   Ensure that capital management is closely aligned with the Company’s business and strategic objectives.

      66,134               

                       - 

                     - 

                    - 

         66,134 

The Company manages capital adequacy according to the framework set out by APRA Prudential Standards.

(49,691) 

(851)

                    -

                    -

 (50,542) 

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE

      FIXED INTEREST RATE

TOTAL

    < 3 MONTHS

3 TO 12  MONTHS

         > 1 YEAR

APRA determines minimum prudential capital ratios that must be held by all ADIs. Accordingly, the Company is required to maintain a 
minimum prudential capital ratio on a Level 1 basis as determined by APRA.

The Board considers the Company’s strategy, financial performance objectives, and other factors relating to the efficient management 
of capital in setting target ratios of capital above the regulatory required levels. These processes are formalised within the Company’s 
ICAAP. The Company operates under the specific capital requirements set by APRA. The Company has satisfied its minimum capital 
requirements throughout the 2020 financial year in the form of Tier 1 capital which is the highest quality component of capital.

30 JUNE 2020 
($’000)

Financial assets

Other term deposits

USD term deposit

Loans 

Floating rate notes

Financial liabilities

Deposits

30 JUNE 2019 
($’000)

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

           23,900 

             - 

                     - 

                    - 

         23,900 

Other term deposits

USD term deposit

Loans 

Floating rate notes

Financial liabilities

Deposits

2) Foreign currency risk

             1,460 

              1,547

             1,547 

            1,431 

 5,985 

71 

                     - 

              1,854

                    - 

            1,925 

                     - 

                3,750

           11,174

                741 

            15,665 

      36,948               

                       - 

                     - 

                    - 

         36,948 

(26,918)

            -

                    -

                    -

 (26,918) 

Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in 
foreign exchange rates.

The Company is not exposed to foreign currency risk in the settlement of merchant transactions as all monies received and paid are 
in Australian dollars. The Company’s settlement of fees with card schemes and the purchases of terminals from foreign suppliers are 
transacted in foreign currencies at the exchange rate prevailing at the transaction date. At the reporting date the Company has some 
US dollar and Euro exposure.

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

The following demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the US dollar and Euro exchange rates, with all other 
variables held constant.

An appreciation of 15% of the US dollar and Euro compared to the Australian dollar (assuming other factors remain constant), will 
increase the Company’s profit and increase equity by $311,776 (2019: $183,055). A depreciation of 15% of the US dollar and Euro 
compared to the Australian dollar will reduce the Company’s profit and reduce equity by $230,443 (2019: $135,302).

The following table shows the financial assets and liabilities on which the foreign currency sensitivity analysis has been performed.

USD term deposit

UnionPay deposit

Trade payables

USD

USD

EUR

AUD

2020 

($000)

1,894

73

200

AUD

2019

($000)

1,854

71

888

Capital Adequacy

Tier 1 Capital

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

Contributed capital

Accumulated losses & reserves

Regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

Net deferred tax assets 

Capitalised expenses

Other adjustments

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

Additional Tier 1 Capital

Total Tier 1 Capital

Tier 2 Capital

General reserve for credit losses(1)

Total Tier 2 Capital

Total Capital

Total risk weighted assets

Risk weighted capital ratios

Common Equity Tier 1

Tier 1

Total Capital ratio

(1) Standardised approach (to a maximum of 1.25% of total credit risk weighted assets).

2020 

($000)

265,763

(78,147)

187,616

(13,984)

(5,169)

(3,825)

(22,978)

164,638

-

164,638

1,147

1,147

165,785

102,200

%

161

161

162

2019

($000)

141,856

(50,704)

91,152

(13,028)

(2,503)

(211)

(15,742)

75,410

-

75,410

977

977

76,387

85,827

%

88

88

89

149

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information18. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND PROCESSES (cont’d)

(viii) Liquidity risk 

The Company’s liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will have insufficient liquidity to meet its obligations as they fall due. This 
could potentially arise as a result of mismatched cash flows. 

The Company manages this risk by the Board approved liquidity framework. Responsibility for liquidity management is delegated to the 
CFO and CEO. The CFO manages liquidity on a daily basis and submits regular reports to ALCO, and to the BRC at the seating of the 
BRC. The CFO is also responsible for monitoring and managing capital planning. The capital plan outlines triggers for additional funding 
should liquidity be required.  The CRO provides oversight of the business’ adherence with the Liquidity Risk framework and reports to 
the BRC.

Liquidity risk management framework models the ability to fund under both normal conditions and periods of stress. The capital plan 
and liquidity management is reviewed at least annually. 

At the reporting date, the Board of Directors determined that there was sufficient cash available to meet its financial liabilities and 
anticipated expenditure. 

Maturity analysis

Amounts in the table below are based on contractual undiscounted cash flows for the remaining contractual maturities. 

(AMOUNTS IN $’000S)

<3 MONTHS

3 TO 6 MONTHS  >6 TO 12 MONTHS

>1 TO 5 YEARS

>5 YEARS

TOTAL

As at 30 June 2020

Financial liabilities

Variable rate deposits 

Term deposits

Lease liabilities

Trade payables and other liabilities

  (49,691)

(851)

(1,237)

(10,332)

(62,111)

-

-

-

-

-

-

(1,237)

(2,561)

(2,872)

-

-

-

(1,237)

(2,561)

(2,872)

-

-

-

-

-

 (49,691)

(851)

(7,907)

(10,332)

(68,781)

(AMOUNTS IN $’000S)

<3 MONTHS

3 TO 6 MONTHS  >6 TO 12 MONTHS

>1 TO 5 YEARS

>5 YEARS

TOTAL

As at 30 June 2019

Financial liabilities

Variable rate deposits

Trade payables and other liabilities

(ix) Fair values

  (26,918)

(23,518)

(50,436)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

  (26,918)

(23,518)

(50,436)

The Company uses various methods in estimating the fair value of a financial instrument. The methods comprise:

Level 1   –   

the fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets.

Level 2   –   

the fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or 
liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices).

Level 3   –   

the fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

Quoted market price represents the fair value determined based on quoted prices in active markets as at the reporting date without any 
deduction for transaction costs. 

The table below shows the Company’s financial assets that are measured at fair value, or where not measured at fair value, their fair 
value equivalent. Management has assessed that for other financial assets and liabilities not disclosed in the table below, that due to 
their short-term maturity or repricing profile, the carrying amount is an approximation of fair value. 

Financial Asset

Floating rate notes

Loans

Equity investment

Net investment in sublease

Financial Asset

Floating rate notes

Loans

Equity investment

Floating rate notes

Level 1

66,134

-

-

-

66,134

Level 1

36,948

-

-

36,948

 Level 2

-

-

-

-

-

Level 3

-

11,921

3,627

1,367

16,915

 Level 2

Level 3

- 

-

- 

- 

                          - 

15,665

                    211 

                15,876 

30 JUNE 2020 ($000)

Total

66,134

11,921

3,627

1,367

83,049

30 JUNE 2019 ($000)

Total

36,948

15,665

211

52,824

The floating rate notes invested in by the Company have a short-term repricing profile and are of high credit quality. The fair value of 
these floating rate notes is obtained from an independent third party pricing service that uses tradable prices and quotes from active 
markets. 

Loans

Loans are included in Level 3 due to one or more of the significant inputs used in determining the fair value being based on 
unobservable inputs. To determine the fair value, an income valuation approach is used. This technique converts forecasted cash 
flows to a present value amount (also known as a discounted cash flow method). Forecast cash flows are actuarially determined using 
predictive models based partly on evidenced historical performance and expected repayment profiles. 

The fair value model will be periodically reviewed, tested and refined as needed.

The fair value of loans requires estimation of:

•  The expected future cash flows;

•  The expected timing of receipt of those cash flows; and

•  Discount rates derived from similar observed rates for comparable assets that are traded in the market. 

The main inputs used in measuring the fair value of loans are as follows:

•  Loan balance - accepted principal and fee, outstanding principal and fee, and date of acceptance;

•  Annual settlement amount - forecasted total annual settlements for loan customers;

•  Current repayment percentage - percentage of daily settlements through the loan customers’ terminals that go towards loan 

repayments;

•  Historical default and recovery information; and 

•  Discount rates - market benchmarked discount rate and allows for a market level of default risk. 

The unobservable pricing inputs which determine fair value are based on:

•  Tyro pricing of loans including adjustments for credit risk – ranging between 32% and 36%;

•  Historical data with respect to behavioural repayment patterns – generally ranging between 3 to 12 months; and

•  Default experience for loans deemed uncollectable and which are valued at $0.

•  An estimate for the deterioration in credit risk of merchants as a result of COVID-19.

These inputs directly affect the fair value of the loans. A sensitivity of a change of 10% in the value ascribed to credit risk for loans to 
merchants that are either not trading completely, or are on repayment holidays, will have an impact of between negative $506,000 and 
positive $545,000 to profit and loss. 

151

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information18. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND PROCESSES (cont’d)

20. LEASES

Equity investments 

At the reporting date, the Company held unlisted equity instruments in me&u and YBF. The valuations of me&u and YBF are level 3 
financial instruments with several unobservable inputs. 

The valuation of me&u was based on the transacted price which, being recent and within the last eight months, is considered to 
reasonably represent fair value as at 30 June 2020.  Management also considered other recent evidence of the enterprise value of the 
investee when assessing the fair value. me&u continues to invest in development of its operations and technology, and Management 
will consider an updated valuation at the next reporting date.

Transfer between categories

There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 during the financial year. 

19. COMMITMENTS 

Commitments relating to BECS 

The Company pays merchants through the BECS system (Bulk Electronic Clearing System). As a result of BECS intra-day settlements, 
which went live in November 2013, all merchant settlements committed are processed on the same day.  

Contingent liabilities arising from commitments are secured by way of standby letters of credit or bank guarantees as follows:

Contingent liabilities – secured

(I) Irrevocable standby letters of credit in favour of:

MasterCard International

Visa International

UnionPay International 

 (ii) Bank Guarantee in favour of:

UIR Australia, the lessor of 155 Clarence Street, Sydney

Premium Custody Services, the lessor of 1.15/14-16 Lexington Drive, Bella Vista

2020

$000

3,294

524

73

4,525

13

8,429

2019

$000

3,254

60

71

4,525

-

7,910

The Company has provided irrevocable standby letters of credit of $3,891,000 (2019: $3,385,000) secured through fixed charges 
over term deposits with the Commonwealth Bank of Australia and Westpac Banking Corporation, to Mastercard International, Visa 
International and Union Pay International. These are one-year arrangements that are subject to automatic renewal on a yearly basis. 
Mastercard International and Visa International, at their discretion, may increase the required amounts of the standby letters of 
credit upon written request to the Company. The required amounts of the standby letters of credit are dependent on Mastercard 
International’s and Visa International’s view of their risk exposure to the Company. 

A bank guarantee in favour of UIR is held with the Westpac Banking Corporation in relation to the lease arrangement for the office 
premises. The amount represents up to 9 month’s rent and includes all annual increases of 4% since 2016 until lease maturity and is 
refundable on expiry of the lease agreement, subject to satisfactory vacation of the leased premises.

(a) Company as lessor - sublease arrangement

The arrangement relates to the sublease of Level 5 of the Company’s registered office. It is a non-cancellable lease with a term of up 
to 2 years, 6 months and 20 days ending 21 January 2022, aligned to the Company’s head-lease. The sublease agreement does not 
provide the lessee with the option to extend the lease. Lease payments are subject to annual increases of 4%. 

Lease income recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income are as follows:

Gain on recognition of net investment in sublease

Interest income on net investment in sublease

Total amount recognised in profit and loss

JUN 2020

$000

 147 

113

260

Set out below is a maturity analysis of lease receivables, showing undiscounted lease payments to be received after the reporting date:

Within one year

After one year but not more than five years

Total undiscounted lease payments receivable

Unearned interest income

Net investment in sublease

b) Company as lessee – property lease

JUN 2020

$000

892

556

1,448

(81)

1,367

The property lease predominantly relates to the lease of the Company’s registered office located at 155 Clarence Street, Sydney NSW. 
It is a non-cancellable lease with a term of up to 7 years ending 21 January 2022. The lease agreement provides the Company with the 
option to extend the lease for another 3 years. Lease payments are subject to annual increases of 4%.

Set out below, are the carrying amounts of the Company’s right-of use assets and lease liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position 
and the movements during the period:

RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS

LEASE LIABILITIES

As at 30 June 2019

Transition adjustments

As at 1 July 2019

De-recognition due to sublease

Additional leases (1)

Depreciation expense

Interest expense

Payments

As at 30 June 2020

$000

-

 9,091 

 9,091 

(1,827)

116

(2,852)

-

-

4,528

$000

-

 11,534 

 11,534 

-

116

-

648

(4,815)

7,483

(1)  

This includes a new 12 month property lease with an option to renew for 12 months that Tyro entered into on 26 March 2020. Tyro has elected not to treat this 
lease as a short term lease as it is reasonably certain that the option to renew will be exercised. 

153

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information20. LEASES (cont’d)

Lease liabilities - Maturity analysis 

CONTRACTUAL UNDISCOUNTED CASH FLOWS 

Within one year

After one year but not more than five years

Total undiscounted lease liabilities at 30 June 2020

The amounts recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income are as follows:

Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Interest income from sub-leasing right-of-use assets

Total amount recognised in Statement of Comprehensive Income

21. EARNINGS PER SHARE

JUN 2020

$000

5,035

2,872

7,907

JUN 2020

$000

(2,852)

(648)

113

(3,387)

22. AUDITOR’S REMUNERATION 

Fees in respect of the role of the appointed auditor

Audit and review of the financial reports of the Company

Audit-related services (regulatory compliance)

Fees for assurance services required by legislation to be performed by the auditor

Discretionary fees for other assurance related services

IPO related services

Other assurance and agreed-upon-procedures services

Fees for other non-assurance services

Tax compliance

Other assistance and services

2020 
$000

388*

-

223

17

55

29

712

2019 
$000

372

55

-

-

64

35

526

* This includes fees in the capacity as the appointed auditor under APRA’s APS 310 Audit and Audit Related Matters.

The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services, during the year, by the auditor (or by another person or firm on the 
auditor’s behalf) is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001.

Basic loss per share shows the loss attributable to each ordinary share. It is calculated as the net loss attributable to ordinary 
shareholders divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in each year.

The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed in Note 22 do not compromise the external auditor’s independence for 
the following reasons:

Diluted loss per share shows the loss attributable to each ordinary share if all the dilutive potential ordinary shares had been ordinary 
shares. There are no discontinued operations of the Company.

•  all non-audit services have been reviewed and approved to ensure that they do not impact the integrity and objectivity of the 

auditor; and

EARNINGS

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders used to calculate 
basic and diluted earnings per share

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating 
basic earnings per share

JUN 2020

$000

(38,057) 

NUMBER

 476,033,272 

JUN 2019

$000

(18,439) 

NUMBER

442,718,333

Weighted average number of potentially dilutive ordinary shares 

 504,695,120

 458,797,525

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic

JUN 2020

CENTS

(7.99) 

JUN 2019

CENTS

(4.16) 

Diluted EPS is consistent with basic EPS due to the Company currently generating negative earnings.

•  none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for 
Professional Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional & Ethical Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing the 
auditor’s own work, acting in a management or decision-making capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for the Company or 
jointly sharing economic risks and rewards.

23. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

(a) Compensation of Key Management Personnel

The amounts disclosed in the table are the amounts recognised as an expense during the reporting period related to Key Management 
Personnel.

Details of Key Management Personnel

DIRECTORS

David Thodey1

Kerry Roxburgh

Robbie Cooke2

Hamish Corlett

David Fite

Catherine Harris

Fiona Pak-Poy

Paul Rickard

1  Appointed Chairman 15 October 2019.

2 Appointed Managing Director 18 October 2019

Non-executive Director, Chair

16 November 2018

TITLE

APPOINTED

Non-executive Director, Chairman (retired 15 October 2019)

18 April 2008

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

18 October 2019

Non-executive Director

Non-executive Director

18 April 2019

03 July 2018

Non-executive Director

17 December 2015

Non-executive Director 

4 September 2019

Non-executive Director

28 August 2009

155

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES (cont’d)

EXECUTIVES1

Robbie Cooke

Angela Green

Praveenesh Pala

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

TITLE

Chief Risk Officer

APPOINTED

23 March 2018

03 June 2019

Chief Financial Officer

20 October 2014

1. Key Management Personnel have been updated in 2020 financial year.

Compensation of Key Management Personnel 

Short-term benefits

Long-term benefits (long service leave)

Post-employment benefits (superannuation)

Share-based payments

Total

Interests held by Key Management Personnel

2020

$000

1,708

24

73

3,781

5,586

2019

$000

4,444

22

286

2,413

7,165

Share options and rights held by Key Management Personnel to purchase ordinary shares have the following expiry dates and exercise 
prices.

ISSUE YEAR

EXPIRY YEAR

PRICE($)

2020 
NUMBER OUTSTANDING

2019 
NUMBER OUTSTANDING

EXERCISE

FY13/14

FY13/14

FY14/15

FY14/15

FY15/16

FY15/16

FY16/17

FY16/17

FY16/17

FY17/18

FY17/18

FY17/18

FY18/19

FY18/19

FY18/19

FY18/19

FY18/19

FY18/19

FY19/20

FY19/20

FY19/20

FY20/21

FY19/20

FY21/22

FY19/20

FY22/23

FY19/20

FY23/24

FY23/24

FY19/20

FY23/24

FY24/25

FY24/25

FY24/25

FY25/26

FY28/29

FY29/30

No expiry date 

FY26/27

No expiry date

$0.375

$0.375

$0.450

$0.450

$0.600

$0.600

$1.490

$1.490

$1.620

$1.760

$1.760

$1.620

$0.000

$1.760

$1.500

$0.000

$0.000

$0.000

-

61,350

-

281,691

-

221,506

-

207,828

-

-

500,000

-

526,668

1,818,180

2,741,001 

             1,533,333 

200,000

442,397

98,160

234,038

323,945

171,173

252,150

149,959

227,103

200,000

94,166

1,250,000

400,000

745,237

1,818,180

4,599,709 

3,200,000   

300,000

                            -   

           498,587 

                $1.790 

              2,833,852 

                          -   

$0.000

                    552,607 

                             -   

During the year, 2,833,852 options and 1,065,966 rights were granted to Key Management Personnel.

(b) Transactions with related parties

SaleCo

During the year, Tyro SaleCo Limited (SaleCo), an entity in which Robbie Cooke – CEO and Managing Director of Tyro Payments holds 
100% of the shares, was incorporated to acquire shares that were sold by Tyro’s existing shareholders that elected to sell shares as part 
of the IPO process. SaleCo held those shares for a short period of time, prior to the shares being transferred to certain individuals that 
applied to acquire shares in the IPO. 

In total, SaleCo held 58,962,897 shares at a value of $162,147,967, representing 11.9% of the shares on issue as at completion of the IPO. 
As at 30 June 2020, SaleCo no longer held any Tyro shares.

(c) Share options with related parties (not under ESOP)

In December 2010, the Company granted 7.5 million share options to related parties for providing a (now expired) loan facility to the 
Company for liquidity purposes, which was drawn down and subsequently repaid. These options are not under ESOP. 

As at 30 June 2020, 2.6 million options were outstanding with a WAEP of 8 cents.

Euclid Capital Partners, related party of David Fite (Shareholder)1

Total

1. Appointed Director on 3 July 2018.

OUTSTANDING OPTIONS AT THE END OF THE YEAR

2,625,000

2,625,000

24. MATTERS SUBSEQUENT TO THE END OF FINANCIAL YEAR

In the opinion of the Directors, there have been no matters or circumstances which have arisen between 30 June 2020 and the date of 
this report that have significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Company, the result of those operations or 
the state of affairs of the Company in subsequent financial years. 

157

Notes to the Financial StatementsTYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Highlights     Chair’s Letter     CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationDirectors’ Declaration

Independent Auditor’s Report

In the Directors’ opinion:

a. the financial statements and notes set out on pages 116 to 157 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 

including:

i) complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional 

reporting requirements; and

ii) giving a true and fair view of the Company’s financial position as at 30 June 2020 and of its performance for the 

financial year ended on that date; and

b. there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become 

due and payable.

c. the remuneration disclosures set out in the Directors’ Report comply with Accounting Standards AASB 124 Related 

Party Disclosures and the Corporations Regulations 2001; and

d. The financial statements and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in the 

financial statements.

The Directors have been given the declarations by the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director and Chief 
Financial Officer required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

__________________________________ 

__________________________________

David Thodey AO   
Chair 

Sydney, 18 August 2020

Robbie Cooke 
CEO | Managing Director

Ernst & Young 
200 George Street 
Sydney  NSW  2000 Australia 
GPO Box 2646 Sydney  NSW  2001 

  Tel: +61 2 9248 5555 
Fax: +61 2 9248 5959 
ey.com/au 

Independent Auditor's Report to the Members of Tyro Payments 
Limited 

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report 

Opinion 

We have audited the financial report of Tyro Payments Limited (the Company), which comprises the 
statement of financial position as at 30 June 2020, the statement of comprehensive income, 
statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the year then ended, notes to the 
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the directors' 
declaration. 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Company is in accordance with the 
Corporations Act 2001, including: 

a) 

b) 

giving a true and fair view of the Company's financial position as at 30 June 2020 and of its 
financial performance for the year ended on that date; and 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

Basis for Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial 
Report section of our report. We are independent of the Company in accordance with the auditor 
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the 
Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.  

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis 
for our opinion. 

Key Audit Matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in 
our audit of the financial report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide 
a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit 
addressed the matter is provided in that context. 

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the 
Financial Report section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit 
included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of 
material misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including the 
procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the 
accompanying financial report. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020

159

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report

Independent Auditor’s Report

Page 2 

Page 3 

Recoverability of deferred tax assets 

Revenue recognition – merchant service fees 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

The financial statements include $14.0 million in 
deferred tax assets. Assessing their 
recoverability was subject to significant 
judgements made by the Company in forecasting 
future taxable profits and determining the 
availability and expected timing of utilising the 
deferred tax assets against future taxable 
income in accordance with tax legislation. 

The judgements involve expected business 
growth which is dependent upon market and 
economic conditions. They include judgements 
concerning COVID-19 and the impact the 
pandemic may have on the Company’s ability to 
earn sufficient future taxable profits. 

Accordingly, this was considered to be a key 
audit matter. 

Disclosures relating to deferred tax assets are 
set out in in Note 1: Statement of Accounting 
Policies under the section Taxation and also in 
Note 4: Income Tax. 

Our audit procedures included the following: 

•  Assessed the mathematical accuracy of the 
Company’s deferred tax asset utilisation 
model.  

•  Agreed the amount of unused tax benefits 

carried forward as deferred tax assets to 
prior period lodged income tax returns.  
•  Evaluated the Company’s assumptions and 
estimates in relation to the likelihood of 
generating sufficient future taxable income 
based on most recent Board approved 
forecasts, prepared by the Company, 
principally by performing sensitivity analyses 
and evaluating and testing the key 
assumptions used to determine the amounts 
recognised. 

•  Evaluated the Company’s consideration of 
the impact of COVID-19 in the forecasted 
cash flows. 

•  We considered the consistency of 

judgements and assumptions made with 
respect to other accounting estimates and 
models. 

•  Assessed the historical accuracy of the 

Company’s previous future taxable profit 
forecasts by comparing to actual 
performance.  

• 

Involved our tax specialists in reviewing the 
Company’s assessment of their ability to 
utilise carry forward tax losses in accordance 
with income tax legislation. 

The Company generated $201.8 million in 
revenue from merchant service fees for the year 
ended 30 June 2020. 

Given the importance of revenue to the users of 
the financial statements, specifically as a key 
performance indicator for the Company and a 
key metric for senior management of the 
Company, this was considered to be a key audit 
matter. 

Our audit procedures included the following: 

•  Evaluated the Company’s revenue 

accounting and assessed whether the 
Company’s accounting policies comply with 
the requirements of Australian Accounting 
Standards. 

•  Assessed the operating effectiveness of key 

controls over revenue recognition. 
•  For a sample of merchant service fee 
revenue transactions, we obtained 
supporting evidence such as customer 
contracts and transaction records to support 
the timing and value of revenue recognised.  

•  Analysed accounting entries impacting 

revenue that did not arise from the system-
generated reporting of underlying 
transactions. 

IT systems and controls over financial reporting 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

The Company’s operations and financial 
reporting systems are heavily dependent on IT 
systems, including automated accounting 
procedures and IT dependent manual controls. 
The Company’s controls over IT systems include: 

•  The framework of governance over IT 

systems; 

•  Controls over program development and 

changes; 

•  Controls over access to programs, data 

and IT operations; and 

•  Governance over generic and privileged 

user accounts. 

Given the reliance on the IT systems in the 
financial reporting process, we considered this to 
be a key audit matter. 

Our procedures included evaluating and testing the 
design and operating effectiveness of certain 
controls over the continued integrity of the IT 
systems that are relevant to financial reporting. 

We also carried out direct tests, on a sample basis, of 
system functionality that was key to our audit testing 
in order to assess the accuracy of certain system 
calculations, the generation of certain reports and 
the operation of certain system enforced access 
controls. 

Where we noted design or operating effectiveness 
matters relating to IT system controls relevant to our 
audit, we performed alternative audit procedures. 
We also considered mitigating controls in order to 
respond to the impact on our overall audit approach.  

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020

161

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report

Independent Auditor’s Report

Page 4 

Page 5 

Information Other than the Financial Report and Auditor’s Report Thereon 

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the 
information included in the Company’s 2020 Annual Report, but does not include the financial report 
and our auditor’s report thereon. 

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and accordingly we do not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the Remuneration Report 
and our related assurance opinion. 

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information 
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
report or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.  

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the 
financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters relating to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material 
if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report. 

As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional 
judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: 

• 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to 
fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit 
evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from 
error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the 
override of internal control. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control.  

Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 
estimates and related disclosures made by the directors.  

Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to 
events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw 
attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial report or, if such 
disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit 
evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions 
may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern.  

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the 
disclosures, and whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and events 
in a manner that achieves fair presentation. 

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of 
the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we 
identify during our audit. 

We also provide the directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical 
requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other 
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related 
safeguards. 

From the matters communicated to the directors, we determine those matters that were of most 
significance in the audit of the financial report of the current year and are therefore the key audit 
matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public 
disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter 
should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would 
reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. 

Report on the Audit of the Remuneration Report 

Opinion on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 78 to 110 of the directors' report for the 
year ended 30 June 2020. 

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Tyro Payments Limited for the year ended 30 June 2020, 
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020

163

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report

Page 6 

Responsibilities 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the 
Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in 
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 

Ernst & Young 

Michael Byrne 
Partner 
Sydney 
18 August 2020 

This page intentionally left blank

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020

165

 
 
 
 
Additional 
Information

Highlights      Chair’s Letter      CEO’s Report     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Information

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020

167

Shareholder 
Information 

The shareholder information set out below is based on the information recorded in the Tyro Payments Limited share 
register as at 31 July 2020.

TOP 20 LARGEST SHAREHOLDERS

ORDINARY SHARES

Tyro has on issue 499,646,563 fully paid ordinary shares.

VOTING RIGHTS

The voting rights attaching to each class of equity securities are set out below:

a.  Ordinary shares – On a show of hands every member present at a meeting in person or by proxy shall have one vote 

and upon a poll each share shall have one vote.

b.  Options and rights – No voting rights.

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of the current substantial shareholders pursuant to notices lodged with the ASX in accordance 
with section 671B of the Corporations Act:

NAME

DATE OF INTEREST

NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES1

% OF ISSUED CAPITAL2

TDM Growth Partners and its Associates

Gockco Pty Ltd

Danita R. Lowes

Tiger Global Group Entities 

FIL Limited and its related entities

6 Dec 2019

6 Dec 2019

6 Dec 2019

11 Dec 2019

10 Jun 2020

68,199,357

69,119,528

27,028,582

39,638,943

31,190,798

13.73%

13.72%

5.44%

7.98%

6.25%

1. 

2. 

As disclosed in the last notice lodged with the ASX by the substantial shareholder. 

The percentage set out in the notice lodged with the ASX is based on the total issued share capital of Tyro at the date of interest.

ON MARKET BUY-BACK

There is no current on-market buy-back in respect of Tyro’s ordinary shares.

DISTRIBUTION OF SECURITIES HELD

Analysis of number of ordinary shareholders by size of holding:

RANGE

100,001 and Over

10,001 to 100,000

5,001 to 10,000

1,001 to 5,000

1 to 1,000

Total

ORDINARY SHARES1

NUMBER OF HOLDERS

NUMBER OF SECURITIES

189

1,012

1,320

4,201

4,641

449,915,557

27,293,389

9,544,459

10,572,771

2,320,387

11,363

499,646,563

1. 

Ordinary shares include shares offered to employees under the Company’s incentive arrangements.

There were no holders of less than a marketable parcel of ordinary shares and there are 242,931,900 ordinary shares 
subject to voluntary escrow arrangements.

The names of the 20 largest quoted equity security holders as they appear on the Tyro share register are listed below:

NAME

NUMBER OF SHARES

% OF TOTAL OF SHARES

ORDINARY SHARES

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

Grokco Pty Ltd as Trustee for Groktrust 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited 

Internet Fund III Pte.Ltd.  

Danita Lowes 

Invia Custodian Pty Limited 

David Fite 

Hans-Josef Jost Stollmann 

FNL Investments Pty Limited (FNL Inv Pl Staff S Plan) 

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

National Nominees Limited 

Howarth Commercial Pty Ltd 

Jasgo Nominees Pty Ltd ATF Jasgo Family Trust  

Abyla Pty Ltd 

JH 7 Properties Pty Ltd 

Sophia-Konstantina Fiona Stollmann 

Drop Knee Investments Pty Ltd 

Gorann Pty Ltd Anne Gordon Holdings Super Fund Ac 

20

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited - A/C 2 

63,296,843

52,785,757

47,186,926

39,638,943

27,028,582

20,359,993

18,547,995

16,659,442

13,217,473

9,898,149

7,400,937

6,557,530

6,138,405

4,860,726

3,625,000

3,272,728

3,261,237

3,208,174

3,089,528

2,743,461

12.67

10.56

9.44

7.93

5.41

4.07

3.71

3.33

2.65

1.98

1.48

1.31

1.23

0.97

0.73

0.66

0.65

0.64

0.62

0.55

TOTAL

352,777,829

70.61

169

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional InformationShareholder 
Information (cont’d) 

DOMICILE OF ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS

DOMICILE

NUMBER OF HOLDERS

% HOLDERS

NUMBER OF SHARES

% OF SHARES

Australian Capital Territory

New South Wales

Northern Territory

Queensland

South Australia

Tasmania

Victoria

Western Australia

Overseas

Total

158

5,636

37

1,477

530

108

2,639

674

104

1.39

49.60

0.33

13.00

4.66

0.95

23.22

5.93

0.92

520,314

345,593,626

36,908

7,816,788

2,510,360

297,224

93,492,139

6,362,561

43,016,643

0.10

69.17

0.01

1.56

0.50

0.06

18.71

1.27

8.61

11,363

100.00

499,646,563

100.00

UNQUOTED EQUITY SECURITIES

Performance rights in respect of ordinary shares issued under the Tyro STI 
Rights Plan, the Tyro Remuneration Sacrifice Rights Plan and the Liquidity 
Event Performance Rights Plan

4,385,940

Options in respect of ordinary shares issued under the Tyro Options Plans

39,414,130

12

356

NUMBER ON ISSUE

NUMBER OF HOLDERS 

GO ONLINE TO MANAGE YOUR SHAREHOLDING

Online share registry facility

Tyro offers shareholders the use of an online share registry facility through www.linkmarketservices.com.au or https://
investorcentre.linkmarketservices.com.au/ to conduct standard shareholding enquiries and transactions, including:

•  update registered address;

• 

lodge or update banking details;

•  notify Tax File Number / Australian Business Number;

•  check current and previous shareholding balances; and

•  appoint a proxy to vote at the Annual General Meeting.

Corporate 
Directory

DIRECTORS

David Thodey AO - Chair of the Board

Robbie Cooke – CEO and Managing Director

Hamish Corlett – Non-executive Director

David Fite – Non-executive Director

Catherine Harris AO PSM – Non-executive Director & Chair 
of People Committee

Fiona Pak-Poy – Non-executive Director

Paul Rickard – Non-executive Director & Chair of Audit 
Committee and Risk Committee

REGISTERED AND PRINCIPAL 
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE IN 
AUSTRALIA

Tyro Payments Limited

1/155 Clarence Street, Sydney, NSW, 2000, Australia

Telephone: 1300 966 639

ABN: 49 103 575 042

WEBSITE ADDRESS

www.tyro.com

AUSTRALIAN SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE (ASX) LISTING

Tyro Payments Limited shares are listed on the ASX under 
the code TYR.

DIRECTOR PROFILES

Refer to profiles on pages 56 to 59.

EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP TEAM

Refer to profiles on pages 60 to 63.

SPECIAL COUNSEL AND COMPANY 
SECRETARY

Jairan Amigh

email: jamigh@tyro.com

INVESTOR RELATIONS

Giovanni Rizzo

email: grizzo@tyro.com

MEDIA

Matt Johnston

email: mjohnston@tyro.com

AUDITOR

E&Y Australia

200 George Street

Sydney, NSW, 2000, Australia

SHARE REGISTRY

Link Market Services Pty Limited

Level 12, 680 George Street

Sydney, NSW, 2000, Australia

email: registrars@linkmarketservices.com.au

Telephone within Australia 1300 554 474

Telephone outside Australia +61 1300 554 474 

Fax +61 2 9287 0303

To maintain or update your details online and enjoy full 
access to all your holdings and other valuable information, 
simply visit https://investorcentre.linkmarketservices.
com.au.

TYRO ASX ANNOUNCEMENTS

Details of all announcements released by Tyro Payments 
Limited can be found on our Investors page at www.tyro/
about-tyro/investors.com.

171

TYRO PAYMENTS LIMITED - ANNUAL REPORT 2020Review     CEO’s Operational & Financial Review     Sustainability Report     Profiles     5-Year Track Record     Directors’ Report     Financial Report     Additional Informationwww.tyro.com.au